blob: de6a30a9815457070aa1a911720ff581b2c928f6 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000015#include "CXXABI.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000018#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000019#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
Dmitri Gribenkoca7f80a2012-08-09 00:03:17 +000020#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000027#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000028#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000030#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000031#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000032#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000035#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000036#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +000038#include <map>
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000039
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000040using namespace clang;
41
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000050unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000052unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
54
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000055enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000056 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000057};
58
Dmitri Gribenkof26054f2012-07-11 21:38:39 +000059RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000060 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
61 ExternalSource->ReadComments();
62 CommentsLoaded = true;
63 }
64
65 assert(D);
66
Dmitri Gribenkodf17d642012-06-28 16:19:39 +000067 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
68 if (D->isImplicit())
69 return NULL;
70
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +000071 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
74 return NULL;
75 }
76
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000077 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
80 return NULL;
81 }
82
83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
85 return NULL;
86 }
87
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +000088 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
93 return NULL;
94 }
95
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000096 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
98 return NULL;
99 }
Fariborz Jahanian799a4032013-04-17 21:05:20 +0000100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the
102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment
103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition())
104 return NULL;
105 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
108 return NULL;
109
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
111 // documentation.
112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
115 return NULL;
116
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000118
119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
120 if (RawComments.empty())
121 return NULL;
122
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000123 // Find declaration location.
124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
126 // location".
127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
129 SourceLocation DeclLoc;
130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko7f4b3772012-08-02 20:49:51 +0000132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
135 else
136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
137
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
139 // can't find the comment.
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
141 return NULL;
142
143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
145 {
146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
148 // first.
Dmitri Gribenkoa7d16ce2013-04-10 15:35:17 +0000149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(
150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false,
151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments);
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
156 MaybeBeforeDecl--;
157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
158 }
159
160 if (Found) {
161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
164 } else {
165 // Slow path.
166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
168 }
169 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000170
171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
172 // file buffer.
173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
174
175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
Dmitri Gribenko44cd7e62012-07-06 23:27:33 +0000178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000187 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000188 }
189 }
190
191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
192 // Let's look at the previous comment.
193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
194 return NULL;
195 --Comment;
196
197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000199 return NULL;
200
201 // Decompose the end of the comment.
202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000204
205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
206 // aren't related.
207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
208 return NULL;
209
210 // Get the corresponding buffer.
211 bool Invalid = false;
212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
213 &Invalid).data();
214 if (Invalid)
215 return NULL;
216
217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
220
Dmitri Gribenko7e8729b2012-06-27 23:43:37 +0000221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
222 // comment and declaration.
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000224 return NULL;
225
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000226 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000227}
228
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000229namespace {
230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
231/// refer to the actual template.
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000237 return FTD;
238
239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
241 return D;
242
243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
245 return FTD;
246
247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
250 return MemberDecl;
251
252 return D;
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000253 }
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
256 // template?
257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
259 return MemberDecl;
260
261 return D;
262 }
263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
266 return CTD;
267
268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
269 // specialization?
270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
273 return D;
274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
279 static_cast<const Decl*>(
280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
281 }
282
283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
287
288 return D;
289 }
290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
293 return MemberDecl;
294
295 return D;
296 }
297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000298 return D;
299}
300} // unnamed namespace
301
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
303 const Decl *D,
304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000306
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
308 {
309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
310 RedeclComments.find(D);
311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
314 if (OriginalDecl)
315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000316 return Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000317 }
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000318 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000319 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000320
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
322 const RawComment *RC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
325 E = D->redecls_end();
326 I != E; ++I) {
327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
328 RedeclComments.find(*I);
329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
332 RC = Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000334 break;
335 }
336 } else {
337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
340 if (RC) {
341 Raw.setRaw(RC);
342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
343 } else
344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw;
347 if (RC)
348 break;
349 }
350 }
351
Dmitri Gribenko5c8897d2012-06-28 16:25:36 +0000352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation());
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000354
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000355 if (OriginalDecl)
356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
357
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
360 Raw.setRaw(RC);
361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000363
364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
365 E = D->redecls_end();
366 I != E; ++I) {
367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I];
368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
369 R = Raw;
370 }
371
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000372 return RC;
373}
374
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
380 if (!ID)
381 return;
382 // Add redeclared method here.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(),
385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end();
386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
391 }
392 }
393}
394
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
396 const Decl *D) const {
397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
400 ThisDeclInfo->fill();
401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
402 comments::FullComment *CFC =
403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
404 ThisDeclInfo);
405 return CFC;
406
407}
408
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
410 const Decl *D,
411 const Preprocessor *PP) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000412 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000413
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000414 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
415 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
416 ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000417
418 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000419 if (Canonical != D) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000420 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000422 return CFC;
423 }
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000424 return Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000425 }
426
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000427 const Decl *OriginalDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000428
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000429 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000430 if (!RC) {
431 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000432 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000433 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000434 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
435 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
436 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
437 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000438 if (OMD)
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000439 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
440 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
442 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
443 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000444 }
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000445 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000446 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000447 // does not have one of its own.
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000448 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000449 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
450 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000453 }
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000454 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
455 while (IC->getSuperClass()) {
456 IC = IC->getSuperClass();
457 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
458 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
459 }
460 }
461 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) {
462 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface())
463 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
464 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
465 }
466 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
467 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition()))
468 return NULL;
469 // Check non-virtual bases.
470 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I =
471 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian5a2e4a22013-04-26 23:34:36 +0000472 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public))
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000473 continue;
474 QualType Ty = I->getType();
475 if (Ty.isNull())
476 continue;
477 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
478 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition()))
479 continue;
480
481 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP))
482 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
483 }
484 }
485 // Check virtual bases.
486 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I =
487 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian5a2e4a22013-04-26 23:34:36 +0000488 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)
489 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000490 QualType Ty = I->getType();
491 if (Ty.isNull())
492 continue;
493 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
494 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition()))
495 continue;
496 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP))
497 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
498 }
499 }
500 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000501 return NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000502 }
503
Dmitri Gribenkobfda9f72012-08-22 18:12:19 +0000504 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
505 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
506 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
507 // different across redeclarations.
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000508 if (D != OriginalDecl)
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000509 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000510
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000511 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000512 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
513 return FC;
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000514}
515
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000516void
517ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
518 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
519 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
520 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000521 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000522
523 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
524 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
525 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
526 PEnd = Params->end();
527 P != PEnd; ++P) {
528 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
529 ID.AddInteger(0);
530 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
531 continue;
532 }
533
534 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
535 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000536 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000537 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000538 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
539 ID.AddBoolean(true);
540 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000541 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
542 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
543 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
544 }
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000545 } else
546 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000547 continue;
548 }
549
550 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
551 ID.AddInteger(2);
552 Profile(ID, TTP);
553 }
554}
555
556TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
557ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000558 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000559 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
560 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
561 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
562 void *InsertPos = 0;
563 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
564 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
565 if (Canonical)
566 return Canonical->getParam();
567
568 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
569 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000570 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000571 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
572 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
573 PEnd = Params->end();
574 P != PEnd; ++P) {
575 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
576 CanonParams.push_back(
577 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000578 SourceLocation(),
579 SourceLocation(),
580 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000581 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
582 TTP->isParameterPack()));
583 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000584 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
585 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
586 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
587 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
588 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000589 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
590 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000591 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
592 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
593 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
594 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
595 }
596
597 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000598 SourceLocation(),
599 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000600 NTTP->getDepth(),
601 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
602 T,
603 TInfo,
604 ExpandedTypes.data(),
605 ExpandedTypes.size(),
606 ExpandedTInfos.data());
607 } else {
608 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000609 SourceLocation(),
610 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000611 NTTP->getDepth(),
612 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
613 T,
614 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
615 TInfo);
616 }
617 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
618
619 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000620 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
621 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
622 }
623
624 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
625 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
626 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000627 TTP->getPosition(),
628 TTP->isParameterPack(),
629 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000630 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
631 SourceLocation(),
632 CanonParams.data(),
633 CanonParams.size(),
634 SourceLocation()));
635
636 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
637 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
638 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
639 (void)Canonical;
640
641 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
642 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
643 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
644 return CanonTTP;
645}
646
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000647CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000648 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
649
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000650 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
651 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
652 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000653 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000654 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000655 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000656 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000657 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000658 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
659 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000660 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000663static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000664 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
665 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
666 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
667 // language-specific address space.
668 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
669 1, // opencl_global
670 2, // opencl_local
Peter Collingbournef44bdf92012-05-20 21:08:35 +0000671 3, // opencl_constant
672 4, // cuda_device
673 5, // cuda_constant
674 6 // cuda_shared
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000675 };
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000676 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000677 } else {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000678 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000679 }
680}
681
Douglas Gregor7018d5b2011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000682ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000683 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000684 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000685 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000686 unsigned size_reserve,
687 bool DelayInitialization)
688 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
689 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
690 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
691 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
692 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
693 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +0000694 BuiltinVaListDecl(0),
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000695 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahanianf2578572012-08-30 18:49:41 +0000696 BOOLDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000697 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000698 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000699 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
700 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
701 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000702 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
703 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000704 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000705 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000706 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
707 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
708 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000709 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000710 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false),
Dmitri Gribenkoacf2e782013-02-22 14:21:27 +0000711 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000712 LastSDM(0, 0),
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000713 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000714{
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000716 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000717
718 if (!DelayInitialization) {
719 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
720 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
721 }
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000722}
723
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000724ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000725 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
726 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
727 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000728
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000729 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
730 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
731 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000732
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000733 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000734 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
735 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
736 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
737 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
738 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
739 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
740 R->Destroy(*this);
741
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000742 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
743 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
744 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
745 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
746 R->Destroy(*this);
747 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000748
749 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
750 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
751 A != AEnd; ++A)
752 A->second->~AttrVec();
753}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000754
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000755void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
756 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
757}
758
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000759void
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +0000760ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000761 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
762}
763
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000764void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000765 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
766 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000767
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000768 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000769#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000770#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
771#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
772 0 // Extra
773 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000774
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000775 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
776 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000777 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000778 }
779
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000780 unsigned Idx = 0;
781 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
782#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
783 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000784 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
785 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000786 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
787 ++Idx;
788#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
789#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000790
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000791 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
792
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000793 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000794 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
795 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
796 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
797 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
798 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
799 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000801 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
802 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
803 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
804 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
805 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
806 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000807 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000808 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
809 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
810 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
811 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
812 << NumImplicitDestructors
813 << " implicit destructors created\n";
814
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000815 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000816 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000817 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
818 }
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000819
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000820 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000821}
822
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000823TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
824 if (!Int128Decl) {
825 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
826 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
827 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
828 SourceLocation(),
829 SourceLocation(),
830 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
831 TInfo);
832 }
833
834 return Int128Decl;
835}
836
837TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
838 if (!UInt128Decl) {
839 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
840 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
841 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
842 SourceLocation(),
843 SourceLocation(),
844 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
845 TInfo);
846 }
847
848 return UInt128Decl;
849}
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000850
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000851void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000852 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000853 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000854 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000855}
856
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000857void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
858 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
859 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000860 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000861
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000862 this->Target = &Target;
863
864 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
865 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
866
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000867 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000868 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000869
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000870 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000871 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000872 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000873 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000874 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
875 else
876 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000877 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000878 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
879 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
880 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
881 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
882 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000883
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000884 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000885 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
886 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
887 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
888 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
889 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000890
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000891 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000892 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
893 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
894 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000895
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000896 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
897 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
898 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
899
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000900 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedman786d0872011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000901 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000902 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
903 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
904 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000905 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar)
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000906 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000907
James Molloy36365542012-05-04 10:55:22 +0000908 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
909
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000910 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
911 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
912 else // C99
913 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
914
915 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
916 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
917 else // C99
918 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
919
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000920 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
921 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
922 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
923 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
924 // expressions.
925 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000926
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000927 // Placeholder type for functions.
928 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
929
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000930 // Placeholder type for bound members.
931 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
932
John McCall526ab472011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000933 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
934 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
935
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000936 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
937 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
938
John McCall8a6b59a2011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000939 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
940 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
941
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +0000942 // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
943 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
944
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000945 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000946 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
947 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
948 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000949
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000950 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000951 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
952 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000953 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000954
955 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
956 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d);
957 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray);
958 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer);
959 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d);
960 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray);
961 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000962
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +0000963 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000964 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000965 }
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000966
967 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
Fariborz Jahanian29898f42012-04-16 21:03:30 +0000968 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
969 SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000970
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000971 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000972
973 ObjCSuperType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000975 // void * type
976 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000977
978 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
979 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000980
981 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
982 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +0000983
984 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
985 VaListTagTy = QualType();
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000986}
987
David Blaikie9c902b52011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000988DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000989 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
990}
991
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000992AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
993 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
994 if (!Result) {
995 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
996 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
997 }
998
999 return *Result;
1000}
1001
1002/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
1003void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
1004 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
1005 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
1006 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
1007 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
1008 }
1009}
1010
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001011MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +00001012ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001013 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +00001014 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001015 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
1016 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
1017 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001019 return Pos->second;
1020}
1021
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001022void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001023ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +00001024 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
1025 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001026 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
1027 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
1028 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
1029 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001030 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +00001031 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001032}
1033
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001034FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
1035 const FunctionDecl *FD){
1036 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
1037 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00001038 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
1039 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001040 return 0;
1041
1042 return Pos->second;
1043}
1044
1045void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
1046 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
1047 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
1048 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00001049 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001050}
1051
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001052NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001053ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001054 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001055 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
1056 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001057 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001058
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001059 return Pos->second;
1060}
1061
1062void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001063ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
1064 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
1065 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
1066 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
1067 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
1068 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1069 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
1070}
1071
1072UsingShadowDecl *
1073ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
1074 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
1075 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
1076 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
1077 return 0;
1078
1079 return Pos->second;
1080}
1081
1082void
1083ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
1084 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
1085 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1086 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001087}
1088
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001089FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
1090 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
1091 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
1092 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
1093 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001095 return Pos->second;
1096}
1097
1098void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
1099 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
1100 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
1101 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
1102 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
1103 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001104
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001105 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
1106}
1107
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001108bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1109 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1110 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001111 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001112}
1113
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001114bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1115 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1116 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001117 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
1118 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001119}
1120
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001121bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1122 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1123 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001124 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
1125 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001126}
1127
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001128bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001129 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1130 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001131 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001132}
1133
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001134bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001135 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1136 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001137 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001138}
1139
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001140ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1141ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1142 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001143 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001144 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1145 return 0;
1146
1147 return Pos->second.begin();
1148}
1149
1150ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1151ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1152 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001153 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001154 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1155 return 0;
1156
1157 return Pos->second.end();
1158}
1159
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001160unsigned
1161ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1162 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001163 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001164 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1165 return 0;
1166
1167 return Pos->second.size();
1168}
1169
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001170void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1171 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001172 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001173 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
1174}
1175
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +00001176void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
1177 const NamedDecl *D,
1178 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001179 assert(D);
1180
1181 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc8e70082013-04-17 00:09:03 +00001182 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod),
1183 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001184 return;
1185 }
1186
1187 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1188 if (!Method)
1189 return;
1190
Argyrios Kyrtzidis353f6a42012-10-09 18:19:01 +00001191 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
1192 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001193 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001194}
1195
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +00001196void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
1197 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
1198 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
1199 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
1200 FirstLocalImport = Import;
1201 LastLocalImport = Import;
1202 return;
1203 }
1204
1205 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
1206 LastLocalImport = Import;
1207}
1208
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001209//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1210// Type Sizing and Analysis
1211//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001212
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001213/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
1214/// scalar floating point type.
1215const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001216 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001217 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
1218 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001219 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001220 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001221 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
1222 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
1223 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001224 }
1225}
1226
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +00001227/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001228/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
1229/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001230/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
1231/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001232CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001233 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001234
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001235 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
1236 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
1237 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001238
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001239 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
1240 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
1241 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
1242 //
Peter Collingbourne2f3cf4b2011-09-29 18:04:28 +00001243 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001244 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
1245 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1246 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1247 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
1248 } else {
1249 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
1250 }
1251 }
Fariborz Jahanian9f107182011-05-05 21:19:14 +00001252 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
1253 UseAlignAttrOnly =
1254 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1255 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001256
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001257 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
1258 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001259 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001260 // do nothing
1261
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001262 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001263 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001264 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001265 if (RefAsPointee)
1266 T = RT->getPointeeType();
1267 else
1268 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
1269 }
1270 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001271 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
1272 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001273 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001274 const ArrayType *arrayType;
1275 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
1276 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001277 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001278 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
1279 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001280 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001281
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001282 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
1283 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
1284 }
Chad Rosier99ee7822011-07-26 07:03:04 +00001285 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001286 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001287
1288 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
1289 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
1290 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
1291 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
1292 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
1293 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
1294 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
1295 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
1296
1297 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001298 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001299
1300 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
1301 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
1302 if (offset > 0) {
1303 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
1304 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
1305 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
1306 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
1307 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
1308 }
1309
1310 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +00001311 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001312 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001313
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001314 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001315}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001316
John McCallf1249922012-08-21 04:10:00 +00001317// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
1318// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
1319// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
1320// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
1321std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1322ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
1323 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
1324
1325 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
1326 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
1327 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
1328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1329 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1330 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
1331 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 return sizeAndAlign;
1336}
1337
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001338std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001339ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001340 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001341 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
1342 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001343}
1344
1345std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001346ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001347 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
1348}
1349
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001350std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
1351 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
1352 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
1353 return it->second;
1354
1355 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
1356 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info));
1357 return Info;
1358}
1359
1360/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
1361/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001362///
1363/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
1364/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
1365/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001366std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001367ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +00001368 uint64_t Width=0;
1369 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001370 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001371#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1372#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001373#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001374#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1375#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCall15547bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +00001376 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001377
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001378 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1379 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001380 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
1381 Width = 0;
1382 Align = 32;
1383 break;
1384
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001385 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001386 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001387 Width = 0;
1388 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
1389 break;
1390
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001391 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001392 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001394 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001395 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001396 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
1397 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001398 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001399 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisae40e4e2011-04-26 21:05:39 +00001400 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001401 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +00001402 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001403 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001404 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001405 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
1406 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
1407 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001408 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +00001409 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
1410 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +00001411 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001412 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
1413 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
1414 }
Chad Rosiercc40ea72012-07-13 23:57:43 +00001415 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
1416 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
1417 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
1418 Align = TargetVectorAlign;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001419 break;
1420 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001421
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001422 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001423 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001424 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001425 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001426 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
1427 Width = 0;
1428 Align = 8;
1429 break;
1430
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001431 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001432 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
1433 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001434 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001435 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
1436 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
1437 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001438 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001439 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
1440 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001441 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00001442 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
1443 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001444 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
1445 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001446 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001447 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001448 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
1449 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001450 break;
1451 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001452 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
1453 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001454 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001455 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001456 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001457 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
1458 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001459 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001460 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001461 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001462 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1463 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001464 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001465 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001466 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001467 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
1468 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001469 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001470 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001471 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001472 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
1473 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001474 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +00001475 case BuiltinType::Int128:
1476 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
1477 Width = 128;
1478 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
1479 break;
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001480 case BuiltinType::Half:
1481 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
1482 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
1483 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001484 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001485 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
1486 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001487 break;
1488 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001489 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
1490 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001491 break;
1492 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001493 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
1494 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001495 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001496 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001497 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
1498 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +00001499 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001500 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1501 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1502 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001503 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1504 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001505 break;
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00001506 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
1507 // Samplers are modeled as integers.
1508 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1509 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
1510 break;
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001511 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001512 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
1513 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
1514 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
1515 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
1516 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
1517 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
1518 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types.
1519 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1520 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
1521 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001522 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +00001523 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001524 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001525 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1526 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001527 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001528 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001529 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1530 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001531 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1532 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001533 break;
1534 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001535 case Type::LValueReference:
1536 case Type::RValueReference: {
1537 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
1538 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001539 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1540 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001541 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1542 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001543 break;
1544 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001545 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001546 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001547 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1548 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001549 break;
1550 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001551 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001552 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Reid Kleckner3a52abf2013-03-28 20:02:56 +00001553 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001554 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001555 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001556 case Type::Complex: {
1557 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1558 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001559 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001560 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001561 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001562 Align = EltInfo.second;
1563 break;
1564 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001565 case Type::ObjCObject:
1566 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001567 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001568 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001569 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001570 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001571 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001572 break;
1573 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001574 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001575 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001576 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1577
1578 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001579 Width = 8;
1580 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001581 break;
1582 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001583
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001584 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001585 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1586
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001587 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001588 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001589 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001590 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001591 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001592 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001593
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001594 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001595 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1596 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001597
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001598 case Type::Auto: {
1599 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
1600 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001601 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001602 }
1603
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001604 case Type::Paren:
1605 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1606
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001607 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001608 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001609 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1610 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001611 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1612 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1613 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1614 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1615 Align = AttrAlign;
1616 else
1617 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001618 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001619 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001620 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001621
1622 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1623 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1624 .getTypePtr());
1625
1626 case Type::TypeOf:
1627 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1628
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001629 case Type::Decltype:
1630 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1631 .getTypePtr());
1632
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001633 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1634 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1635
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001636 case Type::Elaborated:
1637 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001638
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001639 case Type::Attributed:
1640 return getTypeInfo(
1641 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1642
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001643 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001644 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001645 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001646 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1647 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1648 // aligned attribute on it.
1649 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1650 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1651 else
1652 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1653 }
1654
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001655 case Type::Atomic: {
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001656 // Start with the base type information.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001657 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1658 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1659 Width = Info.first;
1660 Align = Info.second;
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001661
1662 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max
1663 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more
1664 // favorable to atomic operations:
1665 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) {
1666 // Round the size up to a power of 2.
1667 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
1668 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width);
1669
1670 // Set the alignment equal to the size.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001671 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1672 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001673 }
1674
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001675 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001677 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001678 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001679}
1680
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001681/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1682CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1683 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1684}
1685
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001686/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1687int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1688 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1689}
1690
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001691/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1692/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001693CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001694 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001695}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001696CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001697 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001698}
1699
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001700/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001701/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001702CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001703 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001704}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001705CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001706 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001707}
1708
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001709/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1710/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1711/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1712/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001713unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001714 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001715
1716 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001717 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001718 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1719 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosierb57321a2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001720 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1721 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001722 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1723
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001724 return ABIAlign;
1725}
1726
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001727/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1728/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1729/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1730/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1731/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001732///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001733void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1734 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001735 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001736 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1737 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1738 if (!leafClass) {
1739 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1740 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001741 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001742 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001743 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001744 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001745 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1746 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1747 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001748}
1749
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001750/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1751/// those inherited by it.
1752void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001753 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001754 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001755 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1756 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1757 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1758 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001759 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001760 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001761 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001762 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001763 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001764 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1765 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001766 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001767
1768 // Categories of this Interface.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001769 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
1770 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(),
1771 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end();
1772 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
1773 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols);
1774 }
1775
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001776 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1777 while (SD) {
1778 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1779 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1780 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001781 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001782 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001783 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1784 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001785 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001786 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1787 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1788 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1789 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001790 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001791 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1792 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1793 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001794 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001795 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1796 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1797 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1798 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001799 }
1800}
1801
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001802unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001803 unsigned count = 0;
1804 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001805 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
1806 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(),
1807 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end();
1808 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
1809 count += Ext->ivar_size();
1810 }
1811
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001812 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1813 // includes synthesized ivars.
1814 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001815 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1816
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001817 return count;
1818}
1819
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2e809ce2012-02-03 05:58:16 +00001820bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
1821 if (!E)
1822 return false;
1823
1824 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
1825 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
1826
1827 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
1828 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
1829 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
1830 return true;
1831
1832 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
1833 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
1834
1835 return false;
1836}
1837
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001838/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1839ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1840 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1841 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1842 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1843 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1844 return 0;
1845}
1846/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1847ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1848 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1849 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1850 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1851 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1852 return 0;
1853}
1854
1855/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1856void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1857 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1858 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1859 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1860}
1861/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1862void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1863 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1864 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1865 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1866}
1867
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001868const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
1869 const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1870 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
1871 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001872 return ID;
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001873 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD =
1874 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001875 return CD->getClassInterface();
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001876 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD =
1877 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001878 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1879
1880 return 0;
1881}
1882
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001883/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1884/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001885Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001886 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1887 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1888 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001889 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001890 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001891 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1892}
1893
1894/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1895void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1896 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001897 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1898 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001899 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1900}
1901
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001902TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001903 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001904 if (!DataSize)
1905 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1906 else
1907 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001908 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001909
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001910 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1911 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1912 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1913 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001914}
1915
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001916TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001917 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001918 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001919 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001920 return DI;
1921}
1922
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001923const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001924ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001925 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1926}
1927
1928const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001929ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1930 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001931 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1932}
1933
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001934//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1935// Type creation/memoization methods
1936//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1937
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001938QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001939ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1940 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1941 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001942
1943 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1944 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001945 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1946 void *insertPos = 0;
1947 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1948 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1949 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001950 }
1951
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001952 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1953 QualType canon;
1954 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1955 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001956 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1957 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001958
1959 // Re-find the insert position.
1960 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1961 }
1962
1963 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1964 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1965 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001966}
1967
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001968QualType
1969ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001970 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1971 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001972 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001973
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001974 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1975 // into one ExtQuals node.
1976 QualifierCollector Quals;
1977 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001978
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001979 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1980 // another one.
1981 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1982 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1983 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001985 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001986}
1987
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001988QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001989 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001990 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001991 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001992 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001994 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1995 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001996 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001997 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1998 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1999 }
2000 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002001
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002002 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
2003 // into one ExtQuals node.
2004 QualifierCollector Quals;
2005 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002006
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002007 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
2008 // another one.
2009 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
2010 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
2011 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002012
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002013 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00002014}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00002015
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00002016const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
2017 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
2018 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
2019 return T;
2020
2021 QualType Result;
2022 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
2023 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
2024 } else {
2025 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
2026 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
2027 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002028 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
2029 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(),
2030 FPT->getNumArgs()),
2031 EPI);
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00002032 }
2033
2034 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
2035}
2036
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002037/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
2038/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002039QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002040 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2041 // structure.
2042 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2043 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002044
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002045 void *InsertPos = 0;
2046 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2047 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002048
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002049 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2050 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2051 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002052 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002053 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002054
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002055 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2056 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002057 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002058 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002059 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002060 Types.push_back(New);
2061 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2062 return QualType(New, 0);
2063}
2064
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00002065/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
2066/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002067QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00002068 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2069 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002070 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002071 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002072
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002073 void *InsertPos = 0;
2074 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002075 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002076
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002077 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2078 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002079 QualType Canonical;
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002080 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002081 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002082
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002083 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2084 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2085 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
2086 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002087 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002088 Types.push_back(New);
2089 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002090 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00002091}
2092
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002093/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002094/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002095QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00002096 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
2097 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002098 // structure.
2099 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2100 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002102 void *InsertPos = 0;
2103 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
2104 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2105 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002106
2107 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002108 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
2109 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002110 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002111 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002112
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002113 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2114 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
2115 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002116 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002117 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002118 BlockPointerType *New
2119 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002120 Types.push_back(New);
2121 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2122 return QualType(New, 0);
2123}
2124
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002125/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2126/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002127QualType
2128ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor291e8ee2011-05-21 22:16:50 +00002129 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
2130 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
2131
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002132 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2133 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002134 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002135 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002136
2137 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002138 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
2139 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002140 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002141
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002142 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2143
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002144 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2145 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2146 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002147 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2148 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2149 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002150
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002151 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002152 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2153 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002154 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002155 }
2156
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002157 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002158 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
2159 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002160 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002161 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002162
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002163 return QualType(New, 0);
2164}
2165
2166/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2167/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002168QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002169 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2170 // structure.
2171 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002172 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002173
2174 void *InsertPos = 0;
2175 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
2176 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2177 return QualType(RT, 0);
2178
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002179 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2180
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002181 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2182 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2183 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002184 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2185 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2186 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002187
2188 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2189 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2190 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002191 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002192 }
2193
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002194 RValueReferenceType *New
2195 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002196 Types.push_back(New);
2197 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002198 return QualType(New, 0);
2199}
2200
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002201/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
2202/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002203QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002204 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2205 // structure.
2206 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2207 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
2208
2209 void *InsertPos = 0;
2210 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
2211 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2212 return QualType(PT, 0);
2213
2214 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
2215 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2216 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00002217 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002218 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
2219
2220 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2221 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
2222 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002223 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002224 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002225 MemberPointerType *New
2226 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002227 Types.push_back(New);
2228 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2229 return QualType(New, 0);
2230}
2231
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002233/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002235 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002236 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002237 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00002238 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
2239 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00002240 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
2241
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002242 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
2243 // the target.
2244 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00002245 ArySize =
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00002246 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002248 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002249 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002250
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002251 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002253 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002254 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002256 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
2257 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2258 QualType Canon;
2259 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2260 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002261 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002262 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002263 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002264
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002265 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002267 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002268 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002269 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002271 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002272 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002273 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002274 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002275 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002276}
2277
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002278/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
2279/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
2280/// sizes replaced with [*].
2281QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
2282 // Vastly most common case.
2283 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002284
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002285 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002286
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002287 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002288 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002289 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2290#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2291#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2292#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2293#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2294 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
2295
2296 // These types should never be variably-modified.
2297 case Type::Builtin:
2298 case Type::Complex:
2299 case Type::Vector:
2300 case Type::ExtVector:
2301 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
2302 case Type::ObjCObject:
2303 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2304 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
2305 case Type::Record:
2306 case Type::Enum:
2307 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
2308 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
2309 case Type::TypeOf:
2310 case Type::Decltype:
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002311 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002312 case Type::DependentName:
2313 case Type::InjectedClassName:
2314 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
2315 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
2316 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
2317 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002318 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002319 case Type::PackExpansion:
2320 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
2321
2322 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
2323 // further decay.
2324 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
2325 case Type::FunctionProto:
2326 case Type::BlockPointer:
2327 case Type::MemberPointer:
2328 return type;
2329
2330 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
2331 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
2332 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
2333 // optimizations available here.
2334 case Type::Pointer:
2335 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
2336 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
2337 break;
2338
2339 case Type::LValueReference: {
2340 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
2341 result = getLValueReferenceType(
2342 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
2343 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
2344 break;
2345 }
2346
2347 case Type::RValueReference: {
2348 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
2349 result = getRValueReferenceType(
2350 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
2351 break;
2352 }
2353
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002354 case Type::Atomic: {
2355 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
2356 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
2357 break;
2358 }
2359
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002360 case Type::ConstantArray: {
2361 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
2362 result = getConstantArrayType(
2363 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
2364 cat->getSize(),
2365 cat->getSizeModifier(),
2366 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2367 break;
2368 }
2369
2370 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
2371 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
2372 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
2373 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
2374 dat->getSizeExpr(),
2375 dat->getSizeModifier(),
2376 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2377 dat->getBracketsRange());
2378 break;
2379 }
2380
2381 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
2382 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
2383 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
2384 result = getVariableArrayType(
2385 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
2386 /*size*/ 0,
2387 ArrayType::Normal,
2388 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2389 SourceRange());
2390 break;
2391 }
2392
2393 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
2394 case Type::VariableArray: {
2395 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
2396 result = getVariableArrayType(
2397 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
2398 /*size*/ 0,
2399 ArrayType::Star,
2400 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2401 vat->getBracketsRange());
2402 break;
2403 }
2404 }
2405
2406 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002407 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002408}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002409
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00002410/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
2411/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002412QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
2413 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002414 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002415 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002416 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002417 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
2418 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002419 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002420
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002421 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
2422 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2423 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002424 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002425 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002426 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002427 }
2428
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002429 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002430 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002431
2432 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
2433 Types.push_back(New);
2434 return QualType(New, 0);
2435}
2436
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002437/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
2438/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00002439/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002440QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
2441 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002442 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002443 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
2444 SourceRange brackets) const {
2445 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
2446 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002447 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
2448
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002449 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
2450 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
2451 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
2452 // because they can't be used in most locations.
2453 if (!numElements) {
2454 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
2455 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2456 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
2457 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2458 brackets);
2459 Types.push_back(newType);
2460 return QualType(newType, 0);
2461 }
2462
2463 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
2464 // also build a canonical type.
2465
2466 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
2467
2468 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002469 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002470 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002471 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002472 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002473
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002474 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
2475 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
2476 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002477
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002478 // If we don't have one, build one.
2479 if (!canonTy) {
2480 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002481 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002482 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2483 brackets);
2484 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
2485 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002486 }
2487
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002488 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
2489 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002490 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002492 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
2493 // then just use that as our result.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002494 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType)
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002495 return canon;
2496
2497 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
2498 // of the element type.
2499 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
2500 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2501 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
2502 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
2503 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
2504 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002505}
2506
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002507QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002508 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002509 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002510 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002511 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002512
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002513 void *insertPos = 0;
2514 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
2515 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
2516 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002517
2518 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002519 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
2520 // qualifiers off the element type.
2521 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002522
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002523 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2524 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002525 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002526 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002527 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002528
2529 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002530 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
2531 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2532 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00002533 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002534
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002535 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2536 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002537
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002538 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
2539 Types.push_back(newType);
2540 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002541}
2542
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002543/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
2544/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00002545QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002546 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002547 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002548
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002549 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2550 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002551 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002552
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002553 void *InsertPos = 0;
2554 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2555 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2556
2557 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2558 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2559 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002560 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002561 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002562
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002563 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2564 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002565 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002566 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002567 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002568 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002569 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2570 Types.push_back(New);
2571 return QualType(New, 0);
2572}
2573
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002574/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002575/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002576QualType
2577ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor39c02722011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002578 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002579
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002580 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2581 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002582 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002583 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002584 void *InsertPos = 0;
2585 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2586 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2587
2588 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2589 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2590 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002591 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002592 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002593
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002594 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2595 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002596 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002597 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002598 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2599 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002600 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2601 Types.push_back(New);
2602 return QualType(New, 0);
2603}
2604
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002605QualType
2606ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2607 Expr *SizeExpr,
2608 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002609 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002610 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002611 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002612
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002613 void *InsertPos = 0;
2614 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2615 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2616 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2617 if (Canon) {
2618 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2619 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002620 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2621 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2622 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002623 } else {
2624 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2625 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002626 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2627 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2628 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002629
2630 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2631 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2632 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2633 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002634 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2635 } else {
2636 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2637 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002638 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2639 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002640 }
2641 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002643 Types.push_back(New);
2644 return QualType(New, 0);
2645}
2646
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002647/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002648///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002649QualType
2650ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2651 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002652 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2653 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2654 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002655 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2656 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002657 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002658 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002659
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002660 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002661 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002662 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002663 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002664
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002665 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002666 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002667 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002668 Canonical =
2669 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2670 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002672 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002673 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2674 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002675 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002676 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002677
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002678 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002679 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002680 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002681 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002682 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002683 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002684}
2685
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002686/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
2687static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
2688 return T.isCanonical() &&
2689 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
2690 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
2691}
2692
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002693/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2694/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002695QualType
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002696ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002697 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002698 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size();
2699
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002700 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2701 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002702 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002703 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI,
2704 *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002705
2706 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002707 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002708 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002709 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002710
2711 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002712 bool isCanonical =
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002713 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) &&
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002714 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002715 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002716 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002717 isCanonical = false;
2718
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002719 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2720 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2721 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002722
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002723 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002724 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002725 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002726 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002727 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002728 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2729 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002730 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002731
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002732 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002733 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002734 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2735 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002736 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2737 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2738
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002739 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
2740 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy);
2741 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
2742 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers();
2743 Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
2744 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
2745 }
2746
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002747 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002748
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002749 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002750 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2751 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002752 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002753 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002754
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002755 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2756 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2757 // - parameter types
2758 // - exception types
2759 // - consumed-arguments flags
2760 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002761 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception
2762 // specification.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002763 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002764 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002765 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002766 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002767 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002768 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Richard Smithf623c962012-04-17 00:58:00 +00002769 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) {
Richard Smithd3729422012-04-19 00:08:28 +00002770 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002771 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) {
2772 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002773 }
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002774 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2775 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2776
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002777 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002778 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2779 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002780 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002781 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002782 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002783 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002784}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00002785
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002786#ifndef NDEBUG
2787static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2788 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2789 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2790 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2791 return true;
2792 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2793 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2794 return true;
2795 return false;
2796}
2797#endif
2798
2799/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2800/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2801QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002802 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002803 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2804 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2805 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002806 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002807 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2808 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2809 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2810 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002811 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002812 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002813 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2814 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002815 }
2816 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2817}
2818
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002819/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2820/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002821QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002822 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002823 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002824
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002825 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002826 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002827
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002828 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2829 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2830
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002831 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002832 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002833 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2834 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002835 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002836 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002837 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002838 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002839 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002840 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002841 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002842 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2843 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2844 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002845 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002846 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002847
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002848 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002849}
2850
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002851/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002852/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002853QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002854ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2855 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002856 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002857
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002858 if (Canonical.isNull())
2859 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002860 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002861 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002862 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2863 Types.push_back(newType);
2864 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002865}
2866
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002867QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002868 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2869
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002870 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002871 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2872 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2873
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002874 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2875 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2876 Types.push_back(newType);
2877 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002878}
2879
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002880QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002881 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2882
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002883 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002884 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2885 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2886
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002887 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2888 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2889 Types.push_back(newType);
2890 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002891}
2892
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002893QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2894 QualType modifiedType,
2895 QualType equivalentType) {
2896 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2897 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2898
2899 void *insertPos = 0;
2900 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2901 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2902
2903 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2904 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2905 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2906
2907 Types.push_back(type);
2908 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2909
2910 return QualType(type, 0);
2911}
2912
2913
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002914/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2915QualType
2916ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002917 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002918 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002919 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2920
2921 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2922 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2923 void *InsertPos = 0;
2924 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2925 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2926
2927 if (!SubstParm) {
2928 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2929 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2930 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2931 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2932 }
2933
2934 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2935}
2936
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002937/// \brief Retrieve a
2938QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2939 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2940 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2941#ifndef NDEBUG
2942 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2943 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2944 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2945 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2946 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2947 }
2948#endif
2949
2950 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2951 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2952 void *InsertPos = 0;
2953 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2954 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2955 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2956
2957 QualType Canon;
2958 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2959 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2960 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2961 ArgPack);
2962 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2963 }
2964
2965 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2966 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2967 ArgPack);
2968 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2969 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2970 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2971}
2972
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002973/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002974/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002975/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002976QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002977 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002978 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002979 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002980 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002981 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002982 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002983 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2984
2985 if (TypeParm)
2986 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002987
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002988 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002989 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002990 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002991
2992 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2993 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2994 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2995 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002996 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002997 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2998 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002999
3000 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
3001 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
3002
3003 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
3004}
3005
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003006TypeSourceInfo *
3007ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
3008 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3009 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003010 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003011 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3012 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003013 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003014
3015 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
David Blaikie6adc78e2013-02-18 22:06:02 +00003016 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
3017 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
Abramo Bagnara48c05be2012-02-06 14:41:24 +00003018 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003019 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
3020 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
3021 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
3022 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
3023 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
3024 return DI;
3025}
3026
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003027QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003028ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003029 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003030 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003031 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3032 "No dependent template names here!");
3033
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003034 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
3035
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003036 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003037 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
3038 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3039 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
3040
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00003041 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003042 Underlying);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003043}
3044
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003045#ifndef NDEBUG
3046static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
3047 unsigned NumArgs) {
3048 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3049 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
3050 return true;
3051
3052 return true;
3053}
3054#endif
3055
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003056QualType
3057ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003058 const TemplateArgument *Args,
3059 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003060 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003061 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3062 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003063 // Look through qualified template names.
3064 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3065 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003066
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003067 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003068 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
3069 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003070 QualType CanonType;
3071 if (!Underlying.isNull())
3072 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
3073 else {
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003074 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
3075 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
3076 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
3077 "Caller must compute aliased type");
3078 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003079 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
3080 NumArgs);
3081 }
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00003082
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003083 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
3084 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
3085 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003086 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3087 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003088 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003089 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003090 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003091 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
3092 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003093
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003094 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003096}
3097
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003098QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003099ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
3100 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003101 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003102 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3103 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003104
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003105 // Look through qualified template names.
3106 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3107 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003108
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003109 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
3110 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003111 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003112 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
3113 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3114 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
3115
3116 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
3117 // exists.
3118 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3119 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
3120 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
3121
3122 void *InsertPos = 0;
3123 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
3124 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3125
3126 if (!Spec) {
3127 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
3128 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3129 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3130 TypeAlignment);
3131 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
3132 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003133 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003134 Types.push_back(Spec);
3135 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
3136 }
3137
3138 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
3139 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
3140 return QualType(Spec, 0);
3141}
3142
3143QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003144ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3145 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003146 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003147 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003148 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003149
3150 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003151 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003152 if (T)
3153 return QualType(T, 0);
3154
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003155 QualType Canon = NamedType;
3156 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3157 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003158 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3159 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003160 (void)CheckT;
3161 }
3162
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003163 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003164 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003165 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003166 return QualType(T, 0);
3167}
3168
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003169QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003170ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003171 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3172 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
3173
3174 void *InsertPos = 0;
3175 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3176 if (T)
3177 return QualType(T, 0);
3178
3179 QualType Canon = InnerType;
3180 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3181 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
3182 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3183 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
3184 (void)CheckT;
3185 }
3186
3187 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
3188 Types.push_back(T);
3189 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3190 return QualType(T, 0);
3191}
3192
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003193QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3194 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3195 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003196 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003197 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
3198
3199 if (Canon.isNull()) {
3200 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003201 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3202 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
3203 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3204
3205 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
3206 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003207 }
3208
3209 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003210 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003211
3212 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003213 DependentNameType *T
3214 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003215 if (T)
3216 return QualType(T, 0);
3217
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003218 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003219 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003220 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003221 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003222}
3223
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003225ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3226 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003227 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003228 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003229 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003230 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003231 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003232 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
3233 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
3234 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
3235 ArgCopy.size(),
3236 ArgCopy.data());
3237}
3238
3239QualType
3240ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3241 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3242 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3243 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
3244 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003245 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003246 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3247 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003248
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003249 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003250 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
3251 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003252
3253 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003254 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
3255 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003256 if (T)
3257 return QualType(T, 0);
3258
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003259 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003260
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003261 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3262 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3263
3264 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003265 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003266 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
3267 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
3268 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
3269 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003270 }
3271
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003272 QualType Canon;
3273 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
3274 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
3275 Name, NumArgs,
3276 CanonArgs.data());
3277
3278 // Find the insert position again.
3279 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3280 }
3281
3282 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
3283 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3284 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00003285 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003286 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003287 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003288 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003289 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003290}
3291
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003292QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00003293 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003294 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003295 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003296
3297 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
3298 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
3299 void *InsertPos = 0;
3300 PackExpansionType *T
3301 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3302 if (T)
3303 return QualType(T, 0);
3304
3305 QualType Canon;
3306 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003307 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
3308 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
3309 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
3310 // parameters.
3311 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
3312 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003313
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003314 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
3315 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
3316 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3317 }
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003318 }
3319
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003320 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003321 Types.push_back(T);
3322 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3323 return QualType(T, 0);
3324}
3325
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003326/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
3327/// alphabetically.
3328static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
3329 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00003330 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003331}
3332
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003333static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003334 unsigned NumProtocols) {
3335 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
3336
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003337 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
3338 return false;
3339
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003340 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003341 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
3342 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003343 return false;
3344 return true;
3345}
3346
3347static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003348 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
3349 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003350
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003351 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
3352 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
3353
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003354 // Canonicalize.
3355 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
3356 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
3357
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003358 // Remove duplicates.
3359 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
3360 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
3361}
3362
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003363QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
3364 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003365 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003366 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
3367 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
3368 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
3369 return BaseType;
3370
3371 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003372 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003373 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003374 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003375 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3376 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003377
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003378 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
3379 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003380 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003381 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
3382 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
3383 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003384 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003385 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003386 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
3387
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003388 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003389 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3390 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003391 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003392 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3393 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003394 }
3395
3396 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003397 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3398 }
3399
3400 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
3401 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
3402 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
3403 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
3404 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
3405
3406 Types.push_back(T);
3407 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3408 return QualType(T, 0);
3409}
3410
3411/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
3412/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003413QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003414 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3415 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
3416
3417 void *InsertPos = 0;
3418 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
3419 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3420 return QualType(QT, 0);
3421
3422 // Find the canonical object type.
3423 QualType Canonical;
3424 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
3425 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
3426
3427 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003428 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3429 }
3430
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00003431 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003432 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
3433 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
3434 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003436 Types.push_back(QType);
3437 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003438 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003439}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003440
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003441/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3442/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003443QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
3444 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003445 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
3446 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003447
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003448 if (PrevDecl) {
3449 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
3450 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3451 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3452 }
3453
Douglas Gregor7671e532011-12-16 16:34:57 +00003454 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
3455 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
3456 Decl = Def;
3457
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003458 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
3459 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
3460 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
3461 Types.push_back(T);
3462 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00003463}
3464
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003465/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
3466/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003467/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003468/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003469/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003470QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003471 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003472 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
3473 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3474 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003475
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003476 void *InsertPos = 0;
3477 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
3478 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3479 if (Canon) {
3480 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
3481 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003482 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003483 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003484 } else {
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003485 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003486 Canon
3487 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003488 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3489 toe = Canon;
3490 }
3491 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003492 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003493 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003494 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003495 Types.push_back(toe);
3496 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003497}
3498
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003499/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3500/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3501/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003502/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003503/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003504QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003505 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003506 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003507 Types.push_back(tot);
3508 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003509}
3510
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00003511
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003512/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3513/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3514/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003515/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie876657b2011-11-06 22:28:03 +00003516/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003517QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003518 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor678d76c2011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003519
3520 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
3521 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
3522 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
3523 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
3524 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003525 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3526 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003527
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003528 void *InsertPos = 0;
3529 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
3530 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3531 if (Canon) {
3532 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
3533 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
Richard Smithef8bf432012-08-13 20:08:14 +00003534 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003535 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003536 } else {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003537 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003538 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003539 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3540 dt = Canon;
3541 }
3542 } else {
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003543 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
3544 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003545 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003546 Types.push_back(dt);
3547 return QualType(dt, 0);
3548}
3549
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003550/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
3551/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
3552QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
3553 QualType UnderlyingType,
3554 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
3555 const {
3556 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor6c6e6762011-05-25 17:51:54 +00003557 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
3558 Kind,
3559 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne15d48ec2012-03-05 16:02:06 +00003560 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003561 Types.push_back(Ty);
3562 return QualType(Ty, 0);
3563}
3564
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003565/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00003566QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType,
3567 bool IsDecltypeAuto) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003568 void *InsertPos = 0;
3569 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
3570 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
3571 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00003572 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto);
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003573 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3574 return QualType(AT, 0);
3575 }
3576
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00003577 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType,
3578 IsDecltypeAuto);
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003579 Types.push_back(AT);
3580 if (InsertPos)
3581 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
3582 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003583}
3584
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00003585/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
3586/// the given value type.
3587QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
3588 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
3589 // structure.
3590 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3591 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
3592
3593 void *InsertPos = 0;
3594 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3595 return QualType(AT, 0);
3596
3597 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3598 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3599 QualType Canonical;
3600 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3601 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3602
3603 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3604 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3605 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3606 }
3607 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3608 Types.push_back(New);
3609 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3610 return QualType(New, 0);
3611}
3612
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003613/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3614QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3615 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00003616 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType(), false);
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003617 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3618 return AutoDeductTy;
3619}
3620
3621/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3622QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3623 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3624 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3625 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3626 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3627}
3628
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003629/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3630/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003631QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003632 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003633 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3634 // away const? mutable?
3635 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003636}
3637
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003638/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3639/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3640/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003641CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003642 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00003643}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003644
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003645/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3646CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3647 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3648}
3649
3650/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3651CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3652 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3653}
3654
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003655/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3656/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3657QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3658 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3659 return WCharTy;
3660}
3661
3662/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3663/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3664QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3665 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3666 return UnsignedIntTy;
3667}
3668
Enea Zaffanellaf11ceb62013-01-26 17:08:37 +00003669QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
3670 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
3671}
3672
3673QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
3674 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
3675}
3676
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003677/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003678/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3679QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003680 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003681}
3682
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00003683/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
3684/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
3685QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
3686 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
3687}
3688
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003689//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3690// Type Operators
3691//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3692
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003693CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003694 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3695 // qualifiers.
3696 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003697 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003698 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003699 QualType Result;
3700 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3701 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3702 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3703 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3704 } else {
3705 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3706 }
3707
3708 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3709}
3710
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003711QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3712 Qualifiers &quals) {
3713 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3714
3715 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3716 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3717 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3718 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3719 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003720 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003721
3722 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003723 if (!AT) {
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003724 quals = splitType.Quals;
3725 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003726 }
3727
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003728 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3729 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3730 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3731
3732 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3733 // can just use the results in splitType.
3734 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3735 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003736 quals = splitType.Quals;
3737 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003738 }
3739
3740 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3741 // build the type back up.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003742 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003743
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003744 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003745 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003746 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3747 }
3748
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003749 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003750 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003751 }
3752
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003753 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003754 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003755 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003756 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3757 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3758 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3759 }
3760
3761 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003762 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003763 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3764 SourceRange());
3765}
3766
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003767/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3768/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3769/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3770/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3771/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3772/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3773/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3774/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3775bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3776 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3777 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3778 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3779 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3780 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3781 return true;
3782 }
3783
3784 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3785 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3786 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3787 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3788 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3789 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3790 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3791 return true;
3792 }
3793
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003794 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003795 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3796 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3797 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3798 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3799 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3800 return true;
3801 }
3802 }
3803
3804 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3805
3806 return false;
3807}
3808
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003809DeclarationNameInfo
3810ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3811 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003812 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3813 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3814 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003815 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003816 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3817 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003818
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003819 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3820 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3821 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3822 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3823 }
3824
3825 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3826 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003827 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003828 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003829 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3830 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003831 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003832 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3833 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3834 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3835 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3836 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3837 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003838 }
3839 }
3840
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003841 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3842 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3843 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3844 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3845 NameLoc);
3846 }
3847
3848 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3849 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3850 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3851 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3852 NameLoc);
3853 }
3854 }
3855
3856 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003857}
3858
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003859TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003860 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3861 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3862 case TemplateName::Template: {
3863 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003864 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003865 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003866 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3867
3868 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003869 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003870 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003871
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003872 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3873 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003874
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003875 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3876 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3877 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3878 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3879 }
3880
3881 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3882 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3883 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3884 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3885 }
3886
3887 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3888 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3889 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3890 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3891 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3892 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3893 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3894 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3895 }
3896 }
3897
3898 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003899}
3900
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003901bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3902 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3903 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3904 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3905}
3906
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003907TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003908ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003909 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3910 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3911 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003912
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003913 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003914 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003915
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003916 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003917 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
3918 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam());
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003919 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003921 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
3922 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
3923 /*isNullPtr*/true);
3924
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003925 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3926 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003927
3928 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3929 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3930 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003931 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003932
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003933 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
Benjamin Kramer6003ad52012-06-07 15:09:51 +00003934 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003935
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003936 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003937 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003939 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003940 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3941 return Arg;
3942
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003943 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3944 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003945 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003946 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003947 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3948 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3949 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003950
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003951 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003952 }
3953 }
3954
3955 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003956 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003957}
3958
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003959NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003960ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003961 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003962 return 0;
3963
3964 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3965 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3966 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003967 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003968 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3969 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3970
3971 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3972 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3973 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003974 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3975 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3976
3977 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3978 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3979 // this namespace and no prefix.
3980 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3981 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3982 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003983
3984 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3985 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3986 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003987
3988 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3989 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3990 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3991 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3992 // types, e.g.,
3993 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3994 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003995 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
3996 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003997 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003998
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003999 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
4000 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
4001 // first place?
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004002 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
4003 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004004 }
4005
4006 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
4007 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
4008 return NNS;
4009 }
4010
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00004011 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004012}
4013
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004014
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004015const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004016 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004017 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004018 // Handle the common positive case fast.
4019 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
4020 return AT;
4021 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004022
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004023 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004024 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004025 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004027 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004028 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
4029 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004031 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
4032 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00004033 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004034
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004035 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004036 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004037
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004038 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004039 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004040 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004041 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004042
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004043 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
4044 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004045 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004047 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
4048 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
4049 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004050 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004051 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
4052 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
4053 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004054 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004055
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004056 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004057 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
4058 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004059 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004060 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004061 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004062 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004063 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004064
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004065 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004066 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004067 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004068 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004069 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004070 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00004071}
4072
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004073QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004074 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
4075 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
4076 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
4077 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
4078 // the array type derivation.
4079 if (T->isArrayType())
4080 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
4081
4082 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
4083 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
4084 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
4085 // in 6.3.2.1.
4086 if (T->isFunctionType())
4087 return getPointerType(T);
4088
4089 return T;
4090}
4091
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004092QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004093 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
4094 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
4095 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
4096}
4097
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004098/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
4099/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
4100/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
4101/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
4102///
4103/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004104QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004105 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
4106 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
4107 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
4108 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
4109 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
4110 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004111
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004112 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004113
4114 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004115 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004116}
4117
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004118QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
4119 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00004120}
4121
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004122QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
4123 Qualifiers qs;
4124 while (true) {
4125 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004126 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004127 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004129 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004130 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004131 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004132
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004133 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00004134}
4135
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004136/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004137uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004138ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
4139 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
4140 do {
4141 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
Richard Smith7808c6a2012-12-06 03:04:50 +00004142 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
4143 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004144 } while (CA);
4145 return ElementCount;
4146}
4147
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004148/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
4149/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004150static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004151 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004152 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004153
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004154 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
4155 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004156 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00004157 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004158 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
4159 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
4160 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004161 }
4162}
4163
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004164/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
4165/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00004166/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
4167/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004168QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
4169 QualType Domain) const {
4170 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
4171 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
4172 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004173 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004174 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
4175 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
4176 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
4177 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004178 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004179
4180 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
4181 switch (EltRank) {
Joey Goulydd7f4562013-01-23 11:56:20 +00004182 case HalfRank: return HalfTy;
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004183 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
4184 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
4185 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004186 }
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004187 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004188}
4189
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004190/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
4191/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
4192/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004193/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004194int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004195 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
4196 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004198 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004199 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004200 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004201 return 1;
4202 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004203}
4204
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004205/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
4206/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
4207/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004208unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004209 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00004210
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004211 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004212 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004213 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004214 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004215 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4216 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4217 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4218 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004219 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004220 case BuiltinType::Short:
4221 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004222 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004223 case BuiltinType::Int:
4224 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004225 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004226 case BuiltinType::Long:
4227 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004228 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004229 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4230 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004231 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004232 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4233 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4234 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004235 }
4236}
4237
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004238/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
4239/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
4240///
4241/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
4242/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004243QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00004244 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4245 return QualType();
4246
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004247 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
4248 if (!Field)
4249 return QualType();
4250
4251 QualType FT = Field->getType();
4252
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004253 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004254 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
4255 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
4256 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
4257 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
4258 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
4259 return IntTy;
4260
4261 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
4262 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4263
4264 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
4265 // like the base type.
4266 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
4267 // is ridiculous.
4268 return QualType();
4269}
4270
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004271/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
4272/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
4273/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004274QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004275 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
4276 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004277 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
4278 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman3f37c1c2011-10-26 07:22:48 +00004279
4280 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4281 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
4282 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
4283 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
4284 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
4285 // unsigned long long int [...]
4286 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
4287 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
4288 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
4289 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
4290 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
4291 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
4292 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
4293 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
4294 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
4295 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
4296 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
4297 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
4298 (FromSize == ToSize &&
4299 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
4300 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
4301 }
4302 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
4303 }
4304 }
4305
4306 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004307 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
4308 return IntTy;
Eli Friedman6745c3b2012-11-15 01:21:59 +00004309 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
4310 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004311 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
4312 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4313}
4314
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004315/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
4316/// type and returns its ownership.
4317Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
4318 while (!T.isNull()) {
4319 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4320 return T.getObjCLifetime();
4321 if (T->isArrayType())
4322 T = getBaseElementType(T);
4323 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4324 T = PT->getPointeeType();
4325 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8e252532011-07-01 23:01:46 +00004326 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004327 else
4328 break;
4329 }
4330
4331 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4332}
4333
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004334/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004335/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004336/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004337int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004338 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
4339 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004340 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004341
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004342 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4343 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004344
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004345 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
4346 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004347
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004348 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
4349 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
4350 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
4351 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004352
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004353 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
4354 if (LHSUnsigned) {
4355 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
4356 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
4357 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004358
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004359 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4360 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004361 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004362 return -1;
4363 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004364
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004365 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
4366 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
4367 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004368
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004369 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4370 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004371 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004372 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004373}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004374
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004375static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004376CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
4377 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
4378 SourceLocation Loc;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004379 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004380 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004381 else
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004382 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004383}
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004384
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004385// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004386QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004387 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004388 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004389 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004390 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004391 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004392
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004393 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004394
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004395 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004396 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004397 // int flags;
4398 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004399 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004400 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004401 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004402 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
4403
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004404 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004405 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004406 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004407 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004408 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004409 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004410 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004411 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004412 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004413 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004414 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004415 }
4416
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004417 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004418 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004419
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004420 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00004421}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004422
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00004423QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
4424 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
4425 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl =
4426 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super"));
4427 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4428 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4429 }
4430 return ObjCSuperType;
4431}
4432
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004433void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004434 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004435 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
4436 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
4437}
4438
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004439QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004440 if (BlockDescriptorType)
4441 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4442
4443 RecordDecl *T;
4444 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004445 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004446 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004447 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004448
4449 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4450 UnsignedLongTy,
4451 UnsignedLongTy,
4452 };
4453
4454 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4455 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004456 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004457 };
4458
4459 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004460 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004461 SourceLocation(),
4462 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004463 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004464 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004465 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004466 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004467 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004468 T->addDecl(Field);
4469 }
4470
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004471 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004472
4473 BlockDescriptorType = T;
4474
4475 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4476}
4477
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004478QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004479 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
4480 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4481
4482 RecordDecl *T;
4483 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004484 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004485 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004486 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004487
4488 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4489 UnsignedLongTy,
4490 UnsignedLongTy,
4491 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4492 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
4493 };
4494
4495 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4496 "reserved",
4497 "Size",
4498 "CopyFuncPtr",
4499 "DestroyFuncPtr"
4500 };
4501
4502 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004503 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004504 SourceLocation(),
4505 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004506 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004507 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004508 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004509 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004510 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004511 T->addDecl(Field);
4512 }
4513
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004514 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004515
4516 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
4517
4518 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4519}
4520
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004521/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
4522/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
4523/// in buildByrefHelpers.
4524bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
4525 const VarDecl *D) {
4526 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4527 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D);
4528 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
4529
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004530 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00004531 }
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004532
4533 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
4534
4535 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
4536
4537 // If we have lifetime, that dominates.
4538 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
4539 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4540
4541 switch (lifetime) {
4542 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
4543
4544 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
4545 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4546 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4547 return false;
4548
4549 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the
4550 // byref routines.
4551 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4552 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained.
4553 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4554 return true;
4555 }
4556 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
4557 }
4558 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
4559 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004560}
4561
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004562bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
4563 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
4564 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
4565
4566 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
4567 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4568 return false;
4569
4570 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
Fariborz Jahanianf762b722012-12-11 19:58:01 +00004571 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004572 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
4573 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4574 }
4575 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
4576 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime();
4577 // MRR.
4578 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4579 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
4580 else
4581 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4582 return true;
4583}
4584
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +00004585TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
4586 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
4587 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
4588 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4589 SourceLocation(),
4590 SourceLocation(),
4591 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
4592 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
4593 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
4594}
4595
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004596// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
4597// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00004598static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004599 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00004600 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
4601 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004602
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004603 return false;
4604}
4605
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004606/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004607/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004608CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004609 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4610 return CharUnits::Zero();
4611
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004612 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004613
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004614 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004615 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004616 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004617 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4618 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004619 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004620 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004621}
4622
4623static inline
4624std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4625 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004626}
4627
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004628/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004629/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004630std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4631 std::string S;
4632
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004633 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4634 QualType BlockTy =
4635 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4636 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004637 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004638 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None,
4639 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4640 S, true /*Extended*/);
4641 else
4642 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4643 S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004644 // Compute size of all parameters.
4645 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4646 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4647 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004648 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4649 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004650 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004651 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4652 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004653 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahaniand4879412012-06-30 00:48:59 +00004654 if (sz.isZero())
4655 continue;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004656 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004657 ParmOffset += sz;
4658 }
4659 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004660 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004661 // Block pointer and offset.
4662 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004663
4664 // Argument types.
4665 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4666 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4667 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4668 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4669 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4670 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4671 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4672 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4673 // elements.
4674 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4675 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4676 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4677 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004678 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004679 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
4680 S, true /*Extended*/);
4681 else
4682 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004683 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004684 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004685 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004686
4687 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004688}
4689
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004690bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004691 std::string& S) {
4692 // Encode result type.
4693 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4694 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4695 // Compute size of all parameters.
4696 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4697 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4698 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4699 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004700 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004701 continue;
4702
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004703 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004704 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004705 ParmOffset += sz;
4706 }
4707 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4708 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4709
4710 // Argument types.
4711 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4712 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4713 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4714 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4715 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4716 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4717 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4718 // elements.
4719 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4720 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4721 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4722 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4723 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4724 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4725 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4726 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004727
4728 return false;
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004729}
4730
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004731/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4732/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4733/// block object types.
4734void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4735 QualType T, std::string& S,
4736 bool Extended) const {
4737 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4738 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4739 // Encode parameter type.
4740 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4741 true /*OutermostType*/,
4742 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4743 false /*StructField*/,
4744 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4745 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4746}
4747
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004748/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004749/// declaration.
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004750bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004751 std::string& S,
4752 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004753 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004754 // Encode return type.
4755 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4756 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004757 // Compute size of all parameters.
4758 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4759 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4760 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004761 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004762 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4763 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004764 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004765 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004766 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004767 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004768 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004769 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004770 continue;
4771
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004772 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4773 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004774 ParmOffset += sz;
4775 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004776 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004777 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004778 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004779
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004780 // Argument types.
4781 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004782 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004783 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004784 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004785 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004786 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004787 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4788 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4789 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004790 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004791 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4792 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4793 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004794 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4795 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004796 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004797 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004798 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004799
4800 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004801}
4802
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004803/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004804/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004805/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4806/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004807/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4808/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4809/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4810/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4811/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004812/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4813/// @code
4814/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4815/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4816/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4817/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4818/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4819/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4820/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4821/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson8cf61852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00004822/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004823/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4824/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4825/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4826/// };
4827/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004828void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004829 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004830 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004831 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4832 bool Dynamic = false;
4833 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4834
4835 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4836 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004837 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004838 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4839 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004840 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004841 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004842 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004843 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4844 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4845 Dynamic = true;
4846 } else {
4847 SynthesizePID = PID;
4848 }
4849 }
4850 }
4851 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004852 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004853 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004854 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004855 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004856 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004857 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4858 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4859 Dynamic = true;
4860 } else {
4861 SynthesizePID = PID;
4862 }
4863 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004864 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004865 }
4866 }
4867
4868 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4869 S = "T";
4870
4871 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004872 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4873 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004874 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004875 true /* outermost type */,
4876 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004877
4878 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4879 S += ",R";
4880 } else {
4881 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4882 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4883 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004884 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian70a315c2011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004885 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004886 }
4887 }
4888
4889 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4890 // are "dynamic by default".
4891 if (Dynamic)
4892 S += ",D";
4893
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004894 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4895 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004896
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004897 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4898 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004899 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004900 }
4901
4902 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4903 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004904 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004905 }
4906
4907 if (SynthesizePID) {
4908 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4909 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004910 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004911 }
4912
4913 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4914}
4915
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004916/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004917/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4918/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004919/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4920///
4921void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004922 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004923 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004924 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004925 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004926 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004927 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004928 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4929 }
4930 }
4931}
4932
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004933void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004934 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004935 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4936 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4937 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4938 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004939 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004940 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004941}
4942
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004943static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
4944 BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
4945 switch (kind) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004946 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4947 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4948 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4949 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004950 case BuiltinType::Char16:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004951 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004952 case BuiltinType::Char32:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004953 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4954 case BuiltinType::ULong:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004955 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004956 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4957 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4958 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4959 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4960 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004961 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4962 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004963 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4964 case BuiltinType::Long:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004965 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004966 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4967 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4968 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4969 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004970 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004971 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char*
4972
4973 case BuiltinType::Half:
4974 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
4975 return ' ';
4976
4977 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
4978 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
4979 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
4980 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
4981
4982 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
4983 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
4984 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
4985 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
4986 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
4987 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
4988 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00004989 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00004990 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004991 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
4992#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
4993#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
4994 case BuiltinType::KIND:
4995#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4996 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004997 }
David Blaikie5a6a0202013-01-09 17:48:41 +00004998 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004999}
5000
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005001static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
5002 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
5003
5004 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
5005 if (!Enum->isFixed())
5006 return 'i';
5007
5008 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005009 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
5010 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005011}
5012
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005013static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005014 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005015 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005016 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005017 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
5018 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
5019 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
5020 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
5021 //
5022 // struct
5023 // {
5024 // int integer;
5025 // int flags:2;
5026 // };
5027 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
5028 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
5029 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
5030 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
5031 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
John McCall5fb5df92012-06-20 06:18:46 +00005032 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005033 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
5034 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedmana3c122d2011-07-07 01:54:01 +00005035 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005036 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
5037 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005038 else {
5039 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
5040 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
5041 }
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005042 }
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005043 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005044}
5045
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00005046// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00005047void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
5048 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
5049 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00005050 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00005051 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005052 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005053 bool StructField,
5054 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005055 bool EncodeClassNames,
5056 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005057 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
5058 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
5059 case Type::Builtin:
5060 case Type::Enum:
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005061 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005062 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005063 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
5064 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
5065 else
5066 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005067 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005068
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005069 case Type::Complex: {
5070 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005071 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005072 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005073 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005074 return;
5075 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005076
5077 case Type::Atomic: {
5078 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
5079 S += 'A';
5080 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0,
5081 false, false);
5082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00005083 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005084
5085 // encoding for pointer or reference types.
5086 case Type::Pointer:
5087 case Type::LValueReference:
5088 case Type::RValueReference: {
5089 QualType PointeeTy;
5090 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
5091 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
5092 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
5093 S += ':';
5094 return;
5095 }
5096 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
5097 } else {
5098 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
5099 }
5100
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005101 bool isReadOnly = false;
5102 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
5103 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
5104 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005105 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00005106 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005107 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
5108 isReadOnly = true;
5109 S += 'r';
5110 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00005111 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005112 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005113 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
5114 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005115 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
5116 isReadOnly = true;
5117 S += 'r';
5118 }
5119 }
5120 if (isReadOnly) {
5121 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
5122 // combinations need to be rearranged.
5123 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005124 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00005125 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005126 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005127
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005128 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
5129 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
5130 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005131 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005132 S += '*';
5133 return;
5134 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005135 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00005136 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
5137 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
5138 S += '#';
5139 return;
5140 }
5141 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
5142 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
5143 S += '@';
5144 return;
5145 }
5146 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005147 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005148 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005149 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
5150
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005151 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005152 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005153 return;
5154 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005155
5156 case Type::ConstantArray:
5157 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5158 case Type::VariableArray: {
5159 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
5160
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005161 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005162 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
5163 S += '^';
5164
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005165 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005166 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5167 } else {
5168 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005169
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005170 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
5171 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
5172 S += '0';
5173 else
5174 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
5175 } else {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005176 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005177 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
5178 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005179 S += '0';
5180 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005181
5182 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005183 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5184 S += ']';
5185 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005186 return;
5187 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005188
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005189 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
5190 case Type::FunctionProto:
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00005191 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005192 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005193
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005194 case Type::Record: {
5195 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005196 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005197 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
5198 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
5199 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005200 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
5201 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
5202 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
Benjamin Kramer9170e912013-02-22 15:46:01 +00005203 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
5204 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS,
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00005205 TemplateArgs.data(),
5206 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +00005207 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005208 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005209 } else {
5210 S += '?';
5211 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00005212 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005213 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005214 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
5215 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
5216 } else {
5217 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5218 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5219 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
5220 if (FD) {
5221 S += '"';
5222 S += Field->getNameAsString();
5223 S += '"';
5224 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005225
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005226 // Special case bit-fields.
5227 if (Field->isBitField()) {
5228 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005229 *Field);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005230 } else {
5231 QualType qt = Field->getType();
5232 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5233 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
5234 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
5235 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5236 /*StructField*/true);
5237 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005238 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005239 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00005240 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005241 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005242 return;
5243 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005244
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005245 case Type::BlockPointer: {
5246 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00005247 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005248 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005249 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005250
5251 S += '<';
5252 // Block return type
5253 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
5254 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
5255 FD,
5256 false /* OutermostType */,
5257 EncodingProperty,
5258 false /* StructField */,
5259 EncodeBlockParameters,
5260 EncodeClassNames);
5261 // Block self
5262 S += "@?";
5263 // Block parameters
5264 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
5265 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5266 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
5267 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
5268 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5269 ExpandStructures,
5270 FD,
5271 false /* OutermostType */,
5272 EncodingProperty,
5273 false /* StructField */,
5274 EncodeBlockParameters,
5275 EncodeClassNames);
5276 }
5277 }
5278 S += '>';
5279 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005280 return;
5281 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005282
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005283 case Type::ObjCObject:
5284 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
5285 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
5286 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005287
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005288 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed
5289 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'.
5290 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005291 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005292 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005293 S += '{';
5294 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
5295 S += II->getName();
5296 S += '=';
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005297 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005298 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5299 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005300 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005301 if (Field->isBitField())
5302 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005303 else
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005304 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
5305 false, false, false, false, false,
5306 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005307 }
5308 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005309 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005310 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005311
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005312 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
5313 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005314 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
5315 S += '@';
5316 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005317 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005318
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005319 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
5320 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
5321 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
5322 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005323 S += '#';
5324 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005325 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005326
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005327 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005328 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005329 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5330 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005331 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005332 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
5333 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005334 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005335 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5336 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005337 S += '<';
5338 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5339 S += '>';
5340 }
5341 S += '"';
5342 }
5343 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005344 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005345
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005346 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
5347 if (!EncodingProperty &&
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005348 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
5349 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005350 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005351 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005352 // {...};
5353 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005354 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
5355 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005356 NULL,
5357 false, false, false, false, false,
5358 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005359 return;
5360 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005361
5362 S += '@';
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005363 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
5364 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005365 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005366 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005367 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5368 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005369 S += '<';
5370 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5371 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005372 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005373 S += '"';
5374 }
5375 return;
5376 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005377
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005378 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005379 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available.
5380 case Type::MemberPointer:
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005381 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005382
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005383 case Type::Vector:
5384 case Type::ExtVector:
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005385 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
5386 // insufficient.
5387 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
5388 return;
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005389
5390#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5391#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5392#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5393 case Type::KIND:
5394#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5395 case Type::KIND:
5396#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5397 case Type::KIND:
5398#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5399 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005400 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005401 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005402}
5403
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005404void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
5405 std::string &S,
5406 const FieldDecl *FD,
5407 bool includeVBases) const {
5408 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
5409 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
5410 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
5411 return;
5412
5413 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
5414 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
5415 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
5416
5417 if (CXXRec) {
5418 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5419 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
5420 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5421 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
5422 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005423 if (base->isEmpty())
5424 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005425 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005426 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5427 std::make_pair(offs, base));
5428 }
5429 }
5430 }
5431
5432 unsigned i = 0;
5433 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5434 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5435 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
5436 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
5437 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005438 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005439 }
5440
5441 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
5442 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5443 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
5444 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5445 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005446 if (base->isEmpty())
5447 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005448 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81c0b5c2011-09-26 18:14:24 +00005449 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
5450 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
5451 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005452 }
5453 }
5454
5455 CharUnits size;
5456 if (CXXRec) {
5457 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
5458 } else {
5459 size = layout.getSize();
5460 }
5461
5462 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
5463 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
5464 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
5465
Douglas Gregorf5d6c742012-04-27 22:30:01 +00005466 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
5467 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005468 if (FD) {
5469 S += "\"_vptr$";
5470 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
5471 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
5472 S += recname;
5473 S += '"';
5474 }
5475 S += "^^?";
5476 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
5477 }
5478
5479 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
5480 // Mark the end of the structure.
5481 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
5482 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5483 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
5484 }
5485
5486 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
5487 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
5488
5489 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
5490 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
5491 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
5492 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
5493 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
5494 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
5495 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
5496 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
5497 // longer then though.
5498 CurOffs += padding;
5499 }
5500
5501 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
5502 if (dcl == 0)
5503 break; // reached end of structure.
5504
5505 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
5506 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
5507 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
5508 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
5509 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
5510 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005511 assert(!base->isEmpty());
5512 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005513 } else {
5514 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
5515 if (FD) {
5516 S += '"';
5517 S += field->getNameAsString();
5518 S += '"';
5519 }
5520
5521 if (field->isBitField()) {
5522 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005523 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005524 } else {
5525 QualType qt = field->getType();
5526 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5527 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
5528 /*OutermostType*/false,
5529 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5530 /*StructField*/true);
5531 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
5532 }
5533 }
5534 }
5535}
5536
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005537void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00005538 std::string& S) const {
5539 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
5540 S += 'n';
5541 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
5542 S += 'N';
5543 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
5544 S += 'o';
5545 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
5546 S += 'O';
5547 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
5548 S += 'R';
5549 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
5550 S += 'V';
5551}
5552
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00005553TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
5554 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
5555 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
5556 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5557 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5558 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5559 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5560 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5561 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
5562 }
5563
5564 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00005565}
5566
Douglas Gregor52e02802011-08-12 06:17:30 +00005567TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
5568 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
5569 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
5570 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
5571 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5572 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5573 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5574 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
5575 }
5576 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00005577}
5578
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00005579TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
5580 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
5581 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
5582 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5583 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5584 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5585 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5586 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5587 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
5588 }
5589
5590 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00005591}
5592
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +00005593ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
5594 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
5595 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
5596 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5597 SourceLocation(),
5598 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
5599 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
5600 SourceLocation(), true);
5601 }
5602
5603 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
5604}
5605
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005606//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5607// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
5608//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5609
5610static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5611 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list;
5612 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
5613 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5614 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType);
5615
5616 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5617 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5618 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5619 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5620 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5621 TInfo);
5622 return VaListTypeDecl;
5623}
5624
5625static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5626 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
5627 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5628 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5629 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType);
5630
5631 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5632 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5633 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5634 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5635 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5636 TInfo);
5637 return VaListTypeDecl;
5638}
5639
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005640static TypedefDecl *
5641CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5642 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5643 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5644 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5645 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5646 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5647 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5648 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5649 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5650 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5651
5652 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5653 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5654 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5655 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5656 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5657 } else {
5658 // struct __va_list
5659 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5660 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5661 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5662 }
5663
5664 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5665
5666 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5667 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5668 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5669
5670 // void *__stack;
5671 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5672 FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
5673
5674 // void *__gr_top;
5675 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5676 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
5677
5678 // void *__vr_top;
5679 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5680 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
5681
5682 // int __gr_offs;
5683 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
5684 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
5685
5686 // int __vr_offs;
5687 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
5688 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
5689
5690 // Create fields
5691 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5692 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5693 VaListTagDecl,
5694 SourceLocation(),
5695 SourceLocation(),
5696 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5697 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5698 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5699 /*Mutable=*/false,
5700 ICIS_NoInit);
5701 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5702 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5703 }
5704 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5705 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
5706 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
5707
5708 // } __builtin_va_list;
5709 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5710 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5711 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5712 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5713 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5714 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5715
5716 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5717}
5718
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005719static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5720 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5721 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5722
5723 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5724 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5725 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5726 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5727
5728 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5729 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5730 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5731
5732 // unsigned char gpr;
5733 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5734 FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
5735
5736 // unsigned char fpr;
5737 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5738 FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
5739
5740 // unsigned short reserved;
5741 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
5742 FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
5743
5744 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5745 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5746 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
5747
5748 // void* reg_save_area;
5749 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5750 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
5751
5752 // Create fields
5753 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5754 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
5755 SourceLocation(),
5756 SourceLocation(),
5757 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5758 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5759 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5760 /*Mutable=*/false,
5761 ICIS_NoInit);
5762 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5763 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5764 }
5765 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5766 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005767 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005768
5769 // } __va_list_tag;
5770 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5771 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5772 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5773 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5774 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5775 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5776 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5777 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5778
5779 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5780 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5781 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5782 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5783 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5784 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5785 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5786 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5787 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5788 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5789 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5790 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5791 TInfo);
5792
5793 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5794}
5795
5796static TypedefDecl *
5797CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5798 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5799 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5800 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5801 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5802 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5803 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5804
5805 const size_t NumFields = 4;
5806 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5807 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5808
5809 // unsigned gp_offset;
5810 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5811 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
5812
5813 // unsigned fp_offset;
5814 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5815 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
5816
5817 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5818 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5819 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
5820
5821 // void* reg_save_area;
5822 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5823 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
5824
5825 // Create fields
5826 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5827 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5828 VaListTagDecl,
5829 SourceLocation(),
5830 SourceLocation(),
5831 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5832 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5833 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5834 /*Mutable=*/false,
5835 ICIS_NoInit);
5836 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5837 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5838 }
5839 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5840 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005841 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005842
5843 // } __va_list_tag;
5844 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5845 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5846 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5847 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5848 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5849 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5850 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5851 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5852
5853 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5854 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5855 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5856 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5857 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0);
5858 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5859 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5860 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5861 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5862 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5863 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5864 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5865 TInfo);
5866
5867 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5868}
5869
5870static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5871 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
5872 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
5873 QualType IntArrayType
5874 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy,
5875 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5876 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5877 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5878 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5879 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5880 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5881 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType));
5882
5883 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5884}
5885
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005886static TypedefDecl *
5887CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5888 RecordDecl *VaListDecl;
5889 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5890 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5891 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5892 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5893 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5894 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5895 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5896 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5897
5898 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5899 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5900 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5901 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5902
5903 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5904
5905 } else {
5906 // struct __va_list {
5907 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5908 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5909 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5910 }
5911
5912 VaListDecl->startDefinition();
5913
5914 // void * __ap;
5915 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5916 VaListDecl,
5917 SourceLocation(),
5918 SourceLocation(),
5919 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
5920 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
5921 /*TInfo=*/0,
5922 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5923 /*Mutable=*/false,
5924 ICIS_NoInit);
5925 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5926 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
5927
5928 // };
5929 VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
5930
5931 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
5932 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5933 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl));
5934
5935 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5936 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5937 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5938 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5939 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5940 TInfo);
5941
5942 return VaListTypeDecl;
5943}
5944
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005945static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
5946 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
5947 switch (Kind) {
5948 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
5949 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5950 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
5951 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005952 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5953 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005954 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
5955 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5956 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5957 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5958 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
5959 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005960 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
5961 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005962 }
5963
5964 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
5965}
5966
5967TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
5968 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl)
5969 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
5970
5971 return BuiltinVaListDecl;
5972}
5973
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005974QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const {
5975 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list
5976 // declaration.
5977 if (VaListTagTy.isNull())
5978 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl();
5979
5980 return VaListTagTy;
5981}
5982
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005983void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005984 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005985 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005986
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005987 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005988}
5989
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005990/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
5991/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005992TemplateName
5993ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
5994 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005995 unsigned size = End - Begin;
5996 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
5997
5998 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
5999 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
6000 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
6001
6002 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006003 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00006004 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6005 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
6006 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
6007 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
6008 *Storage++ = D;
6009 }
6010
6011 return TemplateName(OT);
6012}
6013
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006014/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
6015/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006016TemplateName
6017ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
6018 bool TemplateKeyword,
6019 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00006020 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
6021
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006022 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006023 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6024 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
6025
6026 void *InsertPos = 0;
6027 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
6028 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6029 if (!QTN) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006030 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>())
6031 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006032 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6033 }
6034
6035 return TemplateName(QTN);
6036}
6037
6038/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6039/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006040TemplateName
6041ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
6042 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006043 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00006044 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006045
6046 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6047 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
6048
6049 void *InsertPos = 0;
6050 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
6051 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6052
6053 if (QTN)
6054 return TemplateName(QTN);
6055
6056 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6057 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006058 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6059 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006060 } else {
6061 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006062 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6063 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006064 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
6065 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6066 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
6067 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006068 }
6069
6070 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6071 return TemplateName(QTN);
6072}
6073
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006074/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6075/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
6076TemplateName
6077ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006078 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006079 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
6080 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
6081
6082 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6083 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
6084
6085 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006086 DependentTemplateName *QTN
6087 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006088
6089 if (QTN)
6090 return TemplateName(QTN);
6091
6092 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6093 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006094 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6095 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006096 } else {
6097 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006098 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6099 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006100
6101 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
6102 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6103 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
6104 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006105 }
6106
6107 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6108 return TemplateName(QTN);
6109}
6110
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006111TemplateName
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006112ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
6113 TemplateName replacement) const {
6114 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6115 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
6116
6117 void *insertPos = 0;
6118 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
6119 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
6120
6121 if (!subst) {
6122 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
6123 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
6124 }
6125
6126 return TemplateName(subst);
6127}
6128
6129TemplateName
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006130ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6131 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
6132 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
6133 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6134 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
6135
6136 void *InsertPos = 0;
6137 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
6138 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6139
6140 if (!Subst) {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006141 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006142 ArgPack.pack_size(),
6143 ArgPack.pack_begin());
6144 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
6145 }
6146
6147 return TemplateName(Subst);
6148}
6149
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006150/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00006151/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
6152/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006153CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006154 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006155 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006156 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
6157 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
6158 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
6159 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
6160 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
6161 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
6162 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
6163 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
6164 }
6165
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006166 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006167}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00006168
6169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6170// Type Predicates.
6171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6172
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006173/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
6174/// garbage collection attribute.
6175///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006176Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006177 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006178 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
6179
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006180 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006181 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
6182
6183 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
6184 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
6185 // as __strong.
6186 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
6187 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
6188 return Qualifiers::Strong;
6189 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
6190 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
6191 } else {
6192 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
6193 // pointer.
6194#ifndef NDEBUG
6195 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
6196 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
6197 CT = AT->getElementType();
6198 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
6199#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006200 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00006201 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006202}
6203
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006204//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6205// Type Compatibility Testing
6206//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00006207
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006208/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006209/// compatible.
6210static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
6211 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00006212 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006213 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006214 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006215}
6216
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006217bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
6218 QualType SecondVec) {
6219 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
6220 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
6221
6222 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
6223 return true;
6224
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006225 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
6226 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006227 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
6228 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006229 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006230 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006231 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6232 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
6233 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6234 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006235 return true;
6236
6237 return false;
6238}
6239
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006240//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6241// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
6242//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6243
6244/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
6245/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006246bool
6247ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
6248 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00006249 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006250 return true;
6251 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
6252 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
6253 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
6254 return true;
6255 return false;
6256}
6257
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006258/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...>
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006259/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
6260/// otherwise.
6261bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
6262 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6263 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
6264 return false;
6265}
6266
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006267/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
6268/// Class<pr1, ...>.
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006269bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
6270 QualType rhs) {
6271 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6272 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6273 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
6274
6275 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6276 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6277 bool match = false;
6278 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6279 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6280 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6281 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6282 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
6283 match = true;
6284 break;
6285 }
6286 }
6287 if (!match)
6288 return false;
6289 }
6290 return true;
6291}
6292
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006293/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
6294/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
6295bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6296 bool compare) {
6297 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006298 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006299 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
6300 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006301 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006302 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
6303 return true;
6304
6305 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006306 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006307
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006308 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006309
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006310 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006311 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006312 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6313 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6314 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6315 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6316 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6317 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6318 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006319 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006320 return false;
6321 }
6322 }
6323 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
6324 return true;
6325 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006326 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006327 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6328 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6329 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6330 bool match = false;
6331
6332 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6333 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6334 // through its super class and categories.
6335 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6336 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6337 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6338 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6339 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6340 match = true;
6341 break;
6342 }
6343 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006344 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006345 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6346 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6347 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6348 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6349 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6350 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6351 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006352 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006353 match = true;
6354 break;
6355 }
6356 }
6357 }
6358 if (!match)
6359 return false;
6360 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006361
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006362 return true;
6363 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006364
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006365 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
6366 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
6367
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006368 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006369 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006370 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006371 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6372 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6373 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6374 bool match = false;
6375
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006376 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006377 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6378 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006379 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
6380 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006381 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6382 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6383 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6384 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6385 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6386 match = true;
6387 break;
6388 }
6389 }
6390 if (!match)
6391 return false;
6392 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006393
6394 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
6395 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
6396 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6397 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
6398 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
6399 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
6400 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
6401 // assume that it is mismatch.
6402 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
6403 return false;
6404 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6405 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6406 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6407 bool match = false;
6408 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
6409 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6410 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6411 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6412 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6413 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6414 match = true;
6415 break;
6416 }
6417 }
6418 if (!match)
6419 return false;
6420 }
6421 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006422 return true;
6423 }
6424 return false;
6425}
6426
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006427/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006428/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
6429/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
6430///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006431bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6432 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006433 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6434 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6435
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00006436 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006437 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
6438 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006439 return true;
6440
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006441 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006442 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6443 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006444 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006445
6446 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
6447 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6448 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
6449
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006450 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
6451 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006452 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006453
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006454 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006455}
6456
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006457/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00006458/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006459/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
6460/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
6461/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
6462bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6463 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006464 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
6465 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006466 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006467 return true;
6468
6469 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6470 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6471 }
6472
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006473 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006474 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6475 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6476 false);
6477
6478 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6479 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6480 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
6481 if (LHS != RHS) {
6482 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006483 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006484 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006485 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006486 }
6487 else
6488 return true;
6489 }
6490 return false;
6491}
6492
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006493/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
6494/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
6495/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
6496/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
6497static
6498void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
6499 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6500 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006501 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006502
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006503 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6504 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6505 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
6506 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006507
6508 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
6509 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
6510 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
6511 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
6512 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006513 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006514 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
6515 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006516 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6517 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
6518 }
6519
6520 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
6521 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00006522 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
6523 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006524 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
6525 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
6526 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00006527 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006528 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006529 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
6530 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006531 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6532 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6533 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
6534 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
6535 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006536 }
6537}
6538
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006539/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
6540/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
6541/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
6542/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
6543QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006544 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
6545 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
6546 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
6547 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
6548 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
6549 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor0b144e12011-12-15 00:29:59 +00006550 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006551 return QualType();
6552
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006553 do {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006554 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006555 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006556 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006557 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
6558
6559 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
6560 if (!Protocols.empty())
6561 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
6562 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
6563 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006564 }
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006565 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006566
6567 return QualType();
6568}
6569
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006570bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
6571 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
6572 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
6573 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
6574
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006575 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
6576 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006577 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006578 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006579
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006580 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
6581 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00006582 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006583 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006584
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006585 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
6586 // more detailed analysis is required.
6587 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
6588 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
6589 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
6590 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006591 bool IsSuperClass =
6592 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
6593 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006594 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
6595 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
6596 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
6597 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
6598 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006599 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006600 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
6601 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
6602 return false;
6603
6604 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6605 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
6606 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6607 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
6608 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
6609
6610 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6611 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6612 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6613 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
6614 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
6615 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
6616 break;
6617 }
6618 }
6619 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
6620 return false;
6621 }
6622 return true;
6623 }
6624 return false;
6625 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006626
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006627 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6628 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006629 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6630 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
6631
6632 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
6633 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006634 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
6635 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006636 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
6637 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006638 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006639 break;
6640 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006641 }
6642 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
6643 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
6644 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006645 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006646 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
6647 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006648}
6649
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006650bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6651 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006652 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6653 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006654
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006655 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006656 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006657
6658 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
6659 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006660}
6661
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00006662bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
6663 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
6664 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6665 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
6666}
6667
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006668/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006669/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006670/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006671/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006672bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
6673 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006674 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006675 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
6676
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006677 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006678}
6679
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006680bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanianc87c8792011-07-12 23:20:13 +00006681 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006682}
6683
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006684bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6685 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
6686}
6687
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006688/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
6689/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
6690/// QualType()
6691QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
6692 bool OfBlockPointer,
6693 bool Unqualified) {
6694 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
6695 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6696 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
6697 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
6698 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00006699 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006700 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6701 if (!MT.isNull())
6702 return MT;
6703 }
6704 }
6705 }
6706
6707 return QualType();
6708}
6709
6710/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
6711/// argument types
6712QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6713 bool OfBlockPointer,
6714 bool Unqualified) {
6715 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
6716 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
6717 // type is compatible with a union member
6718 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
6719 Unqualified);
6720 if (!lmerge.isNull())
6721 return lmerge;
6722
6723 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
6724 Unqualified);
6725 if (!rmerge.isNull())
6726 return rmerge;
6727
6728 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6729}
6730
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006731QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006732 bool OfBlockPointer,
6733 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006734 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
6735 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006736 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
6737 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006738 bool allLTypes = true;
6739 bool allRTypes = true;
6740
6741 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006742 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006743 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6744 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
6745 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
6746 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
6747 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
6748 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006749 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006750 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006751 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006752 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
6753 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006754 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006755
6756 if (Unqualified)
6757 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
6758
6759 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
6760 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
6761 if (Unqualified) {
6762 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6763 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6764 }
6765
6766 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006767 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006768 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006769 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006770
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00006771 // FIXME: double check this
6772 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6773 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6774 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006775 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
6776 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006777
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006778 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006779 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006780 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006781
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006782 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00006783 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
6784 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006785 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
6786 return QualType();
6787
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006788 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
6789 return QualType();
6790
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006791 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
6792 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006793
Rafael Espindola8778c282012-11-29 16:09:03 +00006794 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6795 allLTypes = false;
6796 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6797 allRTypes = false;
6798
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006799 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006800
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006801 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006802 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
6803 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006804 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
6805 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
6806
6807 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
6808 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
6809 return QualType();
6810
6811 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
6812 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
6813 return QualType();
6814
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00006815 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
6816 return QualType();
6817
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006818 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6819 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
6820 return QualType();
6821
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006822 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006823 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006824 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
6825 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
6826 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006827 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
6828 OfBlockPointer,
6829 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006830 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006831
6832 if (Unqualified)
6833 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6834
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006835 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006836 if (Unqualified) {
6837 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6838 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6839 }
6840
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006841 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
6842 allLTypes = false;
6843 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
6844 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006845 }
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006846
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006847 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6848 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006849
6850 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
6851 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00006852 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006853 }
6854
6855 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
6856 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
6857
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006858 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006859 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006860 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006861 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
6862 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
6863 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
6864 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
6865 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
6866 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
6867 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
6868 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
6869 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006870
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006871 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006872 // to pass enum values.
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006873 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6874 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6875 if (argTy.isNull())
6876 return QualType();
6877 }
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006878
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006879 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
6880 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
6881 return QualType();
6882 }
6883
6884 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6885 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006886
6887 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
6888 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00006889 return getFunctionType(retType,
6890 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(),
6891 proto->getNumArgs()),
6892 EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006893 }
6894
6895 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6896 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006897 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006898}
6899
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00006900/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them.
6901static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET,
6902 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) {
6903 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
6904 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
6905 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
6906 // type.
6907 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6908 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType();
6909 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other))
6910 return other;
6911
6912 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any
6913 // integral type of the same size.
6914 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() &&
6915 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other))
6916 return other;
6917
6918 return QualType();
6919}
6920
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006921QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006922 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006923 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00006924 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
6925 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
6926 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006927 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
6928 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006929 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
6930 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006931
6932 if (Unqualified) {
6933 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6934 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6935 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006936
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006937 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6938 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6939
6940 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6941 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6942 return LHS;
6943
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006944 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00006945 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6946 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006947 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6948 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
6949 // mismatch.
6950 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006951 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
6952 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006953 return QualType();
6954
6955 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6956 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6957 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6958 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6959 // qualified __strong.
6960 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6961 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6962 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6963
6964 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6965 return QualType();
6966
6967 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6968 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
6969 }
6970 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6971 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
6972 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006973 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006974 }
6975
6976 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006977
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00006978 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
6979 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006980
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006981 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
6982 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
6983 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
6984 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00006985
6986 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006987 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6988 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
6989 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6990 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006991
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006992 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
6993 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6994 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6995
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00006996 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
6997 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
6998 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006999
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00007000 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007001 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007002 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum
7003 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007004 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007005 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00007006 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007007 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007008 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00007009 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00007010 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian194904e2012-01-26 17:08:50 +00007011 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
7012 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
7013 return LHS;
7014 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
7015 return RHS;
7016 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00007017
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007018 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007019 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007020
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00007021 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007022 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007023#define TYPE(Class, Base)
7024#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00007025#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007026#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
7027#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
7028#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007029 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007030
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00007031 case Type::LValueReference:
7032 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007033 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007034 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007035
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007036 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007037 case Type::IncompleteArray:
7038 case Type::VariableArray:
7039 case Type::FunctionProto:
7040 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007041 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007042
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007043 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007044 {
7045 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007046 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7047 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007048 if (Unqualified) {
7049 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7050 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7051 }
7052 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
7053 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007054 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00007055 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007056 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00007057 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007058 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007059 return getPointerType(ResultType);
7060 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007061 case Type::BlockPointer:
7062 {
7063 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007064 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7065 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007066 if (Unqualified) {
7067 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7068 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7069 }
7070 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
7071 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007072 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7073 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7074 return LHS;
7075 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7076 return RHS;
7077 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
7078 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00007079 case Type::Atomic:
7080 {
7081 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
7082 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7083 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7084 if (Unqualified) {
7085 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7086 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7087 }
7088 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
7089 Unqualified);
7090 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7091 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7092 return LHS;
7093 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7094 return RHS;
7095 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
7096 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007097 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007098 {
7099 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
7100 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
7101 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
7102 return QualType();
7103
7104 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
7105 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007106 if (Unqualified) {
7107 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7108 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7109 }
7110
7111 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007112 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007113 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7114 return LHS;
7115 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7116 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007117 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
7118 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
7119 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
7120 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007121 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
7122 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007123 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7124 return LHS;
7125 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7126 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007127 if (LVAT) {
7128 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7129 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
7130 // has to be different.
7131 return LHS;
7132 }
7133 if (RVAT) {
7134 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7135 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
7136 // has to be different.
7137 return RHS;
7138 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007139 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
7140 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00007141 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
7142 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007143 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007144 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007145 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007146 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007147 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007148 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007149 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007150 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007151 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00007152 case Type::Complex:
7153 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
7154 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007155 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007156 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00007157 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
7158 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007159 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007160 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007161 case Type::ObjCObject: {
7162 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007163 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
7164 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007165 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7166 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7167 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00007168 return LHS;
7169
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007170 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00007171 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007172 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007173 if (OfBlockPointer) {
7174 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
7175 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007176 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7177 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007178 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007179 return QualType();
7180 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007181 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7182 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007183 return LHS;
7184
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00007185 return QualType();
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007186 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007187 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007188
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007189 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007190}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00007191
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007192bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
7193 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
7194 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
7195 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
7196 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
7197 return false;
7198 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
7199 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7200 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
7201 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7202 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
7203 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
7204 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
7205 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
7206 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
7207 return false;
7208 }
7209 return true;
7210}
7211
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007212/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
7213/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
7214/// return types.
7215QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7216 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
7217 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
7218 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
7219 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
7220 return LHS;
7221 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
7222 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
7223 return QualType();
7224 QualType OldReturnType =
7225 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7226 QualType NewReturnType =
7227 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7228 QualType ResReturnType =
7229 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
7230 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
7231 return QualType();
7232 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
7233 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
7234 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
7235 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
7236 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007237 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7238 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007239 QualType ResultType
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00007240 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType,
7241 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(),
7242 FPT->getNumArgs()),
7243 EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007244 return ResultType;
7245 }
7246 }
7247 return QualType();
7248 }
7249
7250 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
7251 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7252 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7253 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
7254 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
7255 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
7256 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
7257 return QualType();
7258
7259 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
7260 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
7261 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
7262 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
7263 // qualified __strong.
7264 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7265 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7266 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
7267
7268 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
7269 return QualType();
7270
7271 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
7272 return LHS;
7273 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
7274 return RHS;
7275 return QualType();
7276 }
7277
7278 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7279 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7280 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7281 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
7282 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
7283 return LHS;
7284 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
7285 return RHS;
7286 }
7287 return QualType();
7288}
7289
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00007290//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007291// Integer Predicates
7292//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00007293
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007294unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00007295 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00007296 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00007297 if (T->isBooleanType())
7298 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00007299 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007300 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
7301}
7302
Abramo Bagnara13640492012-09-09 10:21:24 +00007303QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00007304 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007305
7306 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
7307 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
7308 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007309 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007310
7311 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
7312 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007313 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007314
7315 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7316 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007317 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
7318 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
7319 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7320 return UnsignedCharTy;
7321 case BuiltinType::Short:
7322 return UnsignedShortTy;
7323 case BuiltinType::Int:
7324 return UnsignedIntTy;
7325 case BuiltinType::Long:
7326 return UnsignedLongTy;
7327 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7328 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00007329 case BuiltinType::Int128:
7330 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007331 default:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007332 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007333 }
7334}
7335
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00007336ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
7337
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007338
7339//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7340// Builtin Type Computation
7341//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7342
7343/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007344/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
7345/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
7346/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
7347/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007348///
7349/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
7350/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007351static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007352 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007353 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007354 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007355 // Modifiers.
7356 int HowLong = 0;
7357 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007358 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007359
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007360 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007361 bool Done = false;
7362 while (!Done) {
7363 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007364 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007365 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007366 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007367 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007368 case 'S':
7369 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7370 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7371 Signed = true;
7372 break;
7373 case 'U':
7374 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7375 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7376 Unsigned = true;
7377 break;
7378 case 'L':
7379 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
7380 ++HowLong;
7381 break;
7382 }
7383 }
7384
7385 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007386
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007387 // Read the base type.
7388 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007389 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007390 case 'v':
7391 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7392 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
7393 Type = Context.VoidTy;
7394 break;
7395 case 'f':
7396 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7397 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
7398 Type = Context.FloatTy;
7399 break;
7400 case 'd':
7401 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7402 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
7403 if (HowLong)
7404 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
7405 else
7406 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
7407 break;
7408 case 's':
7409 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
7410 if (Unsigned)
7411 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7412 else
7413 Type = Context.ShortTy;
7414 break;
7415 case 'i':
7416 if (HowLong == 3)
7417 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
7418 else if (HowLong == 2)
7419 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
7420 else if (HowLong == 1)
7421 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
7422 else
7423 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
7424 break;
7425 case 'c':
7426 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
7427 if (Signed)
7428 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
7429 else if (Unsigned)
7430 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7431 else
7432 Type = Context.CharTy;
7433 break;
7434 case 'b': // boolean
7435 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
7436 Type = Context.BoolTy;
7437 break;
7438 case 'z': // size_t.
7439 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
7440 Type = Context.getSizeType();
7441 break;
7442 case 'F':
7443 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
7444 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00007445 case 'G':
7446 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
7447 break;
7448 case 'H':
7449 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
7450 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00007451 case 'M':
7452 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
7453 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007454 case 'a':
7455 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7456 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
7457 break;
7458 case 'A':
7459 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
7460 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
7461 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
7462 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
7463 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
7464 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
7465 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
7466 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
7467 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7468 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007469 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007470 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007471 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007472 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007473 break;
7474 case 'V': {
7475 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007476 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7477 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007478 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007479
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007480 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
7481 RequiresICE, false);
7482 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007483
7484 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00007485 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007486 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007487 break;
7488 }
Douglas Gregorfed66992012-06-07 18:08:25 +00007489 case 'E': {
7490 char *End;
7491
7492 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7493 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
7494
7495 Str = End;
7496
7497 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7498 false);
7499 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
7500 break;
7501 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007502 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007503 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7504 false);
7505 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007506 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
7507 break;
Fariborz Jahanian73952fc2011-08-23 23:33:09 +00007508 }
7509 case 'Y' : {
7510 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
7511 break;
7512 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007513 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00007514 Type = Context.getFILEType();
7515 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007516 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007517 return QualType();
7518 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007519 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007520 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007521 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007522 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007523 else
7524 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
7525
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007526 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007527 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007528 return QualType();
7529 }
7530 break;
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00007531 case 'K':
7532 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
7533 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
7534
7535 if (Type.isNull()) {
7536 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
7537 return QualType();
7538 }
7539 break;
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00007540 case 'p':
7541 Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
7542 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007543 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007544
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007545 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
7546 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007547 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00007548 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007549 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
7550 case '*':
7551 case '&': {
7552 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
7553 // qualified with an address space.
7554 char *End;
7555 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7556 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
7557 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
7558 Str = End;
7559 }
7560 if (c == '*')
7561 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
7562 else
7563 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
7564 break;
7565 }
7566 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
7567 case 'C':
7568 Type = Type.withConst();
7569 break;
7570 case 'D':
7571 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
7572 break;
Ted Kremenekf2a2f5f2012-01-20 21:40:12 +00007573 case 'R':
7574 Type = Type.withRestrict();
7575 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007576 }
7577 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007578
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007579 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007580 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007581
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007582 return Type;
7583}
7584
7585/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007586QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007587 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007588 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007589 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007590
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007591 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007592
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007593 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007594 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007595 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
7596 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007597 if (Error != GE_None)
7598 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007599
7600 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
7601
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007602 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007603 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007604 if (Error != GE_None)
7605 return QualType();
7606
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007607 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
7608 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
7609 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
7610 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
7611
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007612 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
7613 if (Ty->isArrayType())
7614 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007615
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007616 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
7617 }
7618
7619 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
7620 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
7621
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007622 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
7623 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
7624
7625 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
7626
7627 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
7628 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
7629 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00007630
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007631 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007632 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
7633 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007634
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00007635 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007636}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00007637
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007638GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7639 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7640
7641 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007642 switch (L) {
7643 case NoLinkage:
7644 case InternalLinkage:
7645 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7646 return GVA_Internal;
7647
7648 case ExternalLinkage:
7649 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
7650 case TSK_Undeclared:
7651 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7652 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7653 break;
7654
7655 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7656 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7657
7658 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7659 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7660 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7661 break;
7662 }
7663 }
7664
7665 if (!FD->isInlined())
7666 return External;
7667
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007668 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007669 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
7670 // externally visible.
7671 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
7672 return External;
7673
7674 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
7675 return GVA_C99Inline;
7676 }
7677
7678 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
7679 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
7680 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
7681 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
7682 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
7683 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
7684 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7685 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
7686 return GVA_C99Inline;
7687
7688 return GVA_CXXInline;
7689}
7690
7691GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
7692 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
7693 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
7694 // template.
7695 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
7696 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
7697 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
7698
7699 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007700
7701 switch (L) {
7702 case NoLinkage:
7703 case InternalLinkage:
7704 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7705 return GVA_Internal;
7706
7707 case ExternalLinkage:
7708 switch (TSK) {
7709 case TSK_Undeclared:
7710 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7711 return GVA_StrongExternal;
7712
7713 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7714 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
7715 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
7716
7717 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7718 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7719
7720 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7721 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7722 }
7723 }
7724
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007725 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007726}
7727
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00007728bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007729 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7730 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
7731 return false;
Richard Smith5205a8c2013-04-01 20:22:16 +00007732 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7733 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template.
7734 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
7735 return false;
7736 } else
7737 return false;
7738
7739 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it.
7740 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007741 return false;
7742
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007743 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
7744 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
7745 return false;
7746
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007747 // Aliases and used decls are required.
7748 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7749 return true;
7750
7751 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7752 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Alexis Hunt4a8ea102011-05-06 20:44:56 +00007753 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewycky26da4dd2011-07-18 05:26:13 +00007754 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007755
7756 // Constructors and destructors are required.
7757 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
7758 return true;
7759
John McCall6bd2a892013-01-25 22:31:03 +00007760 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes
7761 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
7762 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7763 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7764 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7765 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
7766 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
7767 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
7768 return true;
7769 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007770 }
7771 }
7772
7773 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
7774
7775 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
7776 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
7777 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
7778 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
Anton Yartsev79de4d42012-02-02 06:06:34 +00007779 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007780 return false;
7781 return true;
7782 }
Douglas Gregor87d81242011-09-10 00:22:34 +00007783
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007784 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
7785 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
7786
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007787 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
7788 return false;
7789
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007790 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007791 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007792 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
7793 return true;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007794
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007795 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
7796 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
7797 return true;
7798
7799 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
7800 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))
7801 return true;
7802
7803 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007804}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007805
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007806CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) {
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007807 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007808 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic);
7809}
7810
7811CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007812 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD &&
7813 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault())
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007814 return CC_Default;
7815 return CC;
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007816}
7817
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007818bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00007819 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
7820 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
7821}
7822
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007823MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007824 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00007825 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007826 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
7827 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
7828 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007829 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007830 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007831 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
7832 }
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007833 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007834}
7835
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007836CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007837
7838size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek7d39c9a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00007839 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
7840 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
7841 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
7842 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
7843 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
7844 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
7845 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
7846 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
7847 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
7848 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
7849 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
7850 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00007851 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00007852 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007853}
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007854
David Blaikie095deba2012-11-14 01:52:05 +00007855void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) {
7856 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too
7857 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() ||
7858 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
7859 return;
7860
7861 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P =
7862 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0));
7863 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++));
7864}
7865
7866int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const {
7867 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
7868 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag);
7869 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1;
7870}
7871
Douglas Gregor63798542012-02-20 19:44:39 +00007872unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
7873 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent();
7874 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()]
7875 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator);
7876}
7877
7878
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007879void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
7880 ParamIndices[D] = index;
7881}
7882
7883unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
7884 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
7885 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
7886 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
7887 return I->second;
7888}